Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Anti-Lock Braking System (Abs) DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission DTCS
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) DTCS
    • Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) DTCS
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Tech Tips
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Joint Connector (A-17) Connector End View
        • Auto-Cruise Control Switch Connector End View (D-227)
        • Outside/Inside Air Selection Damper Control Motor Connector End View (D-10)
        • Rear Door Switch (LH) Connector End View (F-09)
        • Front Blower Relay Connector End View
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View (G-03)
        • Data Link Connector End View (D-117)
        • HBB Connector End View
        • Driver's Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (H-10)
        • Heater Blower Controller Unit Connector End View (D-17)
        • Rear Heater Control Unit Connector End View (E-01)
        • Expansion Valve (Magnet Valve) Connector End View
        • Heater Water Temperature Sensor Connector End View (D-19)
        • Driver's Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (H-03)
        • M-ASTC-ECU Connector End View (E-119 And E-120)
        • HBB Connector End View (B-18)
        • Defogger Connector End View (I-01)
        • Motor Antenna-ECU Connector End View
        • Headlight (LH) Connector End View (A-20)
        • A/C-ECU Connector End View (D-23 And D-24)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-212) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (F-24) Connector End View
        • Joint Connector (A-15) Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (D-222)
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View (D-204)
        • Intermediate Connector (A-03) Connector End View
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (D-03 And D-04)
        • Rear Blower Motor Connector End View (G-06-1)
        • ABS Sensor (Rear LH) Connector End View (G-21)
        • Blower Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (D-208) Connector End View
        • RV Meter Connector End View (D-08, D-07)
        • MFI Relay Connector End View (B-22X)
        • Rear A/C Unit Connector End View (G-06 And G-22)
        • Heater Control Assembly Connector End View
        • Rear Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (G-09)
        • Side Step Light-ECU Connector End View (D-137)
        • Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (G-26-2)
        • Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (D-20)
        • Rear Power Window Sub-Switch (RH) Connector End View (H-19)
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (B-09)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-111) Connector End View
        • Power Window Main Switch Connector End View (H-05)
        • Dome Light Connector End View (F-03)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-210) Connector End View
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-08X)
        • A/T Control Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (C-03)
        • Rear Blower Unit Connector End View (G-06)
        • Joint Connector (D-116) Connector End View
        • Stoplight Switch Connector End View (D-123)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View (D-138)
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Connector End View (B-06)
        • Transfer-ECU Connector End View (E-109)
        • Detection Switch Connector End View (C-05, C-06, C-10, C-11, C-12)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-37)
        • Front Door Speaker (RH) Connector End View (H-26)
        • Rear Heater Unit Connector End View (G-25 Or G-23)
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Connector End View (G-27)
        • Side Step Light Assembly (RH) Connector End View (F-30)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (2) Connector End View (B-24X)
        • Windshield Washer Motor Connector End View (A-33)
        • Air Mixing Damper Control Motor Connector End View
        • Inspection Connector End View (B-25X)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-217) Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Relay Connector End View (B-23X)
        • Right Hand Side Impact Sensor Connector End View (F-19)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-111) Connector End View
        • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor Connector End View (G-22 -- 3)
        • VTR Adapter Connector End View (G-29)
        • Front Propeller Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-13)
        • Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (C-14)
        • Back Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View
        • Condenser Fan Motor Connector End View (A-26)
        • TPMS Receiver Connector End View (G-28-1)
        • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Connector End View (G-05)
        • TPMS Antenna (Front-RH) Connector End View (G-28-11)
        • Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View (F-29)
        • M-ASTC-ECU Connector End View (E-121)
        • HBB (Connector B) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (G-28-6) Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (D-220) Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (C-04)
        • Driver's Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (F-18)
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Personal Light (RH) Connector End View (F-04)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-209) Connector End View
        • Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (C-15)
        • Rear Door Speaker (LH) Connector End View (H-12)
        • Front Power Window Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch Connector End View
        • A/T Control Relay Connector End View (D-13)
        • Intermediate Connector (G-10) Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (B-56)
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (A-29)
        • Magnetic Valve Connector End View (G-26-4)
        • Radio And CD Player Connector End View (D-06)
        • Fog Light (LH) Connector End View (A-21)
        • Intermediate Connector (G-26-1) Connector End View
        • Shift Actuator Connector End View (C-09)
        • Back Door Switch Connector End View
        • Inside/Outside Air Changeover Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Front Turn-Signal Light (LH) Connector End View (A-19)
        • Defogger Relay Connector End View (D-216)
        • Rear Power Window Sub-Switch Connector End View (H-02)
        • Tweeter (RH) Connector End View (H-15)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-16) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (E-113) Connector End View
        • Central Door Lock Switch - Passenger Side Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-26) Connector End View
        • Front Blower Relay Connector End View (D-218)
        • Defogger Connector End View (I-03)
        • Rear Washer Motor Connector End View (I-08)
        • Automatic Compressor Controller Connector End View
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-48)
        • Rear Cooler Control Unit Connector End View (E-09)
        • Video Controller Unit Connector End View (F-34, F-35, F-36, F-37)
        • Rear Cooler Unit Connector End View (G-13)
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (D-05 And D-03)
        • Front Turn-Signal Light (RH) Connector End View (A-35)
        • Dual Pressure Switch Connector End View (A-22)
        • Outside/Inside Air Selection Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (G-28-7 And G-28-9) Connector End View
        • Air Thermo Sensor Connector End View (G-26 -- 3)
        • Headlight (RH) Connector End View (A-32)
        • Intermediate Connector (G-11) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (A-25) Connector End View
        • Active Skid Control Switch Connector End View (E-125)
        • Sunroof Motor Assembly Connector End View (F-02)
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Door Switch (RH) Connector End View (F-05)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (E-08)
        • Data Link Connector End View (D-118)
        • TPMS Receiver Connector End View (G-28)
        • Power Window Main Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Cooler Switch (Temperature Switch) Connector End View
        • Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View (F-27)
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (D-223 And D-224)
        • Horn (Low) Connector End View (A-28)
        • Transfer Shift Lever Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-25) Connector End View
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View
        • Ground Joint Connector (D-14) Connector End View
        • Cargo Space Light Connector End View (F-06)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-11) Connector End View
        • Rear Wiper Motor Connector End View (I-07)
        • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Connector End View (D-201)
        • Front Passenger's Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (H-24)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (D-206)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-34) Connector End View
        • Fog Light (LH) Connector End View (A-15, A-21 And A-25)
        • Blower Resistor Connector End View
        • Rear Power Window Motor (RH) Connector End View (H-23)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-28) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-125) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (B-08) Connector End View
        • Photo Sensor Connector End View (D-09)
        • Blower Motor Connector End View (D-113)
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (D-03 And D-32)
        • Taillight (LH) Connector End View (G-16)
        • HBB Connector End View (B-14)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-207) Connector End View
        • Position Light (LH) Connector End View (A-18)
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-07X)
        • Woofer Connector End View (G-01)
        • Intermediate Connector (F-12) Connector End View
        • Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View
        • Front Power Window Motor (LH) Connector End View (H-04)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-19) Connector End View
        • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Connector End View (A-11X)
        • Joint Connector (D-01) Connector End View
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Connector End View (B-29)
        • DVD Player Connector End View (D-33, D-35)
        • Mixing Damper Control Motor Connector End View
        • Front Power Window Sub-Switch (RH) Connector End View (H-16)
        • Condenser Fan Control Relay Connector End View (A-09X)
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (B-12)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-15) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (H-18)
        • Rear Heater Switch Connector End View (E-21)
        • Intermediate Connector (F-23) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Connector End View (G-04)
        • Free-Wheel Engage Switch Connector End View (B-39)
        • Cargo Space Light Connector End View (F-08)
        • Motor Relay B Connector End View (B-54X)
        • Hood Switch Connector End View (A-14)
        • Fog Light Switch Connector End View (D-127)
        • Passenger's Air Bag Module Connector End View (D-11)
        • Front Impact Sensor (RH) Connector End View (A-30)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-27) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (F-07) Connector End View
        • Transfer-ECU Connector End View (E-104)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-221) Connector End View
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (E-07)
        • TPMS Antenna (Front-LH) Connector End View (G-28-10)
        • Joint Connector (D-29) Connector End View
        • Back Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (I-06)
        • Joint Connector (A-16) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (E-114) Connector End View
        • Transfer Shift Lever Switch Connector End View (E-116)
        • Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (H-27)
        • Rear Washer Motor Connector End View
        • Theft-Alarm Horn Connector End View (A-04)
        • Condenser Fan Control Relay Connector End View
        • Joint Connector (D-02) Connector End View
        • Joint Connector (D-30) Connector End View
        • Front Impact Sensor (LH) Connector End View (A-23)
        • Column Switch Connector End View (D-203)
        • Back Door Switch Connector End View (G-15)
        • Key Reminder Switch Connector End View (D-202)
        • Rear Fan Control Switch Connector End View (E-12)
        • Rear Blower Relay Connector End View (D-213)
        • Driver's Door Switch Connector End View (F-14)
        • Air Thermo Sensor Connector End View (G-13 -- 3)
        • ABS Sensor (Rear LH) Connector End View (G-14)
        • Front-ECU Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Relay (1) Connector End View (B-19X)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-211) Connector End View
        • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (D-22)
        • Steering Wheel Sensor Connector End View (D-225)
        • HBB Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Rear Cooler Switch Connector End View (E-17)
        • Column Switch (Switch Body) Connector End View
        • Hood Switch Connector End View
        • Door Switch Connector End View
        • Yaw Rate Sensor Connector End View (E-126)
        • Passenger's Door Switch Connector End View (F-22)
        • Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-26)
        • Side-Airbag Module (LH) Connector End View (F-15)
        • Rear Propeller Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-07)
        • Rear A/C Control Unit Connector End View (E-20)
        • Ignition Coil Connector End View (B-31, B-32 And B-34)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-28)
        • Resistor Connector End View (D-130)
        • Heated Door Mirrors Connector End View
        • Joint Connector (D-131) Connector End View
        • 4LLC Detection Switch Connector End View (C-05)
        • Intermediate Connector (B-27) Connector End View
        • Injector Connector End View (B-01, B-02 And B-03, B-11, B-33 And B-35)
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Connector End View (B-04)
        • HBB Connector A Connector End View
        • Side Step Light Assembly (LH) Connector End View (F-31)
        • Rear Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (G-02)
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-02)
        • Injector Intermediate Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (B-44) Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Connector End View (G-03)
        • PCM Connector End View (D-132, D-133, D-134, D-135, D-136)
        • A/C Compressor Connector End View (B-30)
        • Intermediate Connector (A-05) Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Connector End View (B-38)
        • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Connector End View (D-105)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay Connector End View (A-12X)
        • Shift Switch Assembly Connector End View (E-115)
        • Side-Airbag Module (RH) Connector End View (F-21)
        • Back Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (F-10) Connector End View
        • Power Window Motor - Rear Door Connector End View
        • Fog Light (RH) Connector End View (A-31)
        • HBB Connector End View (B-17)
        • Position Light (RH) Connector End View (A-36)
        • Rear Passenger Door Lock Actuator s
        • Condenser Fan Motor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-10)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-112) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (E-123) Connector End View
        • Rear Heater Switch (Temperature Control Switch) Connector End View
        • Input Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-16)
        • Power Window Relay Connector End View (D-219)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-139) Connector End View
        • Front Power Window Motor (RH) Connector End View (H-17)
        • M-ASTC-ECU Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (LH) Connector End View (F-13)
        • Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View
        • Free-Wheel Engage Solenoid Valve Connector End View (A-38 And A-39)
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch Connector End View (D-103)
        • Amplifier Connector End View (G-19)
        • Horn (High) Connector End View (A-27)
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Connector End View (B-05)
        • Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View
        • Buzzer Connector End View (E-107)
        • Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-55)
        • DVD Player Connector Rear Display Connector End View (F-32, F-33)
        • Tweeter (LH) Connector End View (H-06)
        • Front Door Speaker (LH) Connector End View (H-08)
        • Immobilizer-ECU Connector End View (D-121)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-124) Connector End View
        • Horn Relay Connector End View (A-10X)
        • Rear Power Window Motor (LH) Connector End View (H-11)
        • Volume Airflow Sensor Connector End View (B-48)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (F-01)
        • Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-07)
        • Magnetic Valve Connector End View (G-13 -- 2)
        • Shift Lever Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Heater Unit Connector End View (G-26 And G-24)
        • TPMS Antenna (Rear-RH) Connector End View (G-28-2)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-110) Connector End View
        • License Plate Light Assembly Connector End View (I-04)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (D-205, D-226, D-227, D-230)
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator (Rear, LH) Connector End View (H-13)
        • A/C Sensor Connector End View (D-21)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-122) Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-36)
        • Back Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (I-05)
        • Fog Light Relay Connector End View (A-13X)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-08)
        • Front Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View (A-24)
        • Door Lock Actuator (Rear, RH) Connector End View (H-21)
        • Security Indicator Light Connector End View
        • Rear Door Speaker (RH) Connector End View (H-22)
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.8L
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Antenna
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Body
      • Hood
        • Hood Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Hood Diagnosis.
          • Hood Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Difficult Looking and Unlocking
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Uneven Body Clearance
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Uneven Height
              • Diagnosis
        • Hood
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check < Vehicles With Theft-Alarm System >
      • Fender
        • Removal And Installation
      • Fuel Filler Lid
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Rivet Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Rivet Installation
      • Window Glass
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Window Glass Installation
        • Window Glass Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Window Glass Diagnosis
          • Window Glass Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Water Leak through Windshield/Water Leak through Quarter Window Glass/Water Leak through Back Door Window Glass
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Windshield
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Windshield Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Glass Stopper/Windshield Spacer/Windshield Molding Installation
              • >> B << Windshield Installation
        • Quarter Window Glass
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Quarter Window Glass/Quarter Window Molding Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Quarter Window Molding/Quarter Window Glass Installation
        • Back Door Window Glass
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Back Door Window Glass Removal
            • >> A << Window Dam/Glass Stopper/Dual Lock Fastener/Back Door Window Glass Installation
      • Door
        • General Description
          • Operation
            • Central Door Locking System
            • Power Windows
        • Central Door Locking System Diagnosis
        • Power Window Diagnosis
        • Door Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Introduction To Glass And Door Diagnosis
          • Glass And Door Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Water Leak through Door Window Glass
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Door Window Malfunction
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Water Leak through Door Edge
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Water Leak from Door Center
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Door Hard to Open
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Door does not Open or Close Completely
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Uneven Gap between Body
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Wind Noise around Door
              • Diagnosis
        • How To Locate Wind Noises
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Door Fit Adjustment
          • Door Window Glass Adjustment
          • Door Inside Handle Play Check And Adjustment
          • Door Outside Handle Play Check
          • Circuit Breaker (Incorporated In The Power Window Motor) Inspection
        • Door Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Door Switch Continuity Check
        • Door Trim And Waterproof Film
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Clip And Claw Positions
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Power Window Switch Assembly Removal
              • << B >> Door Inside Handle Cover Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Waterproof Film Installation
          • Inspection
            • Power Window Switch Continuity Check
              • Power Window Main Switch Check
              • Power Window Sub Switch Check
        • Door Glass And Regulator
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Door Center Sash Removal
          • Inspection
            • Power Window Relay Continuity Check
            • Power Window Motor Check
        • Door Handle And Latch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Door Check Installation
              • >> B << Rear Lower Sash Installation
              • >> C << Door Inside Handle Installation
          • Inspection
            • Front Door Lock Actuator Check
              • Actuator Operation Check < Driver's side >
              • Actuator Operation Check < Passenger's side >
              • Actuator Switch Check < Driver's side >
              • Actuator Switch Check < Passenger's side >
            • Rear Door Lock Actuator Check
              • Actuator Operation Check < Driver's side >
              • Actuator Operation Check < Passenger's side >
            • Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Check
              • < Driver's side >
              • < Passenger's side >
            • Central Door Lock Switch Continuity Check
              • Notes
              • < Driver's side >
              • < Passenger's side >
        • Window Glass RUNCHANNEL And Door Opening Weatherstrip
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Door Outer Opening Weatherstrip Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Mounting Of Door Window Glass Channel
              • >> B << Mounting Of Door Inner Opening Weather Strip
      • Back Door Assembly
        • Back Door Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Back Door Diagnosis
          • Back Door Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Door Hard to Open
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Door does not Open or Close Completely
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Uneven Gap between Body
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Back Door Fit Adjustment
          • Back Door Handle Play Check
        • Back Door Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Back Door Opening Weatherstrip Installation
              • >> B << Striker Installation
          • Inspection
            • Back Door Switch Check
        • Back Door Trim And Waterproof Film
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Door Pull Handle Installation
          • Back Door Handle And Latch, Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Back Door Lock Actuator Check
            • Back Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch
      • Keyless Entry System
        • General Description
        • Keyless Entry System Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Replace The Transmitter Battery
          • Enabling/Disabling The ANSWERBACK Function
            • Notes
            • Enabling/Disabling The Hazard ANSWERBACK Function
              • Notes
              • < When the transmitter is used after connecting scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector or grounding data link connector terminal (1) >
              • < How to adjust hazard answerback when the transmitter is used to lock doors >
              • < How to adjust hazard answerback when the transmitter is used to unlock doors >
            • Enabling/Disabling The Horn ANSWERBACK Function
          • How To Register Secret Code
            • Notes
            • When special tool MB991529 is used
            • When special tool MB991824 (V.C.I.) is used
      • Sunroof Assembly
        • General Description
        • Sunroof Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Water Test
          • Sunroof Fit Adjustment
          • Operation Check
            • Notes
            • Basic operation
            • Jam preventing mechanism
            • Sunroof timer mechanism
        • Sunroof Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Drain Hose Removal
              • << B >> Sunroof Motor Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Drain Hose Installation
              • >> B << Sunroof Motor Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Roof Lid Glass Circuit Check
            • Sunroof Switch Continuity Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Shaft/Drive Cable Removal
              • << B >> Roof Window Deflector Panel Assembly Removal
              • << C >> Removal Of Deflector/Deflector Link
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Shaft Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Sealants
        • Component Identification
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
            • Charge Rate Chart
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Caution When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Ignition Key Reminder Torn Alarm Diagnosis
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are Not the Same or Not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine Cranks, but does not Start.
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Method
              • Notes
              • Points To Note During Operation
              • Key Id Register
              • Registration with scan tool
              • Registration of additional keys with scan tool
              • Registration of additional key(s) without using scan tool
            • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ignition Switch Less Continuity Check
          • Key Reminder Switch Check
          • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Combination Meters Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnosis Function
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Combination Meter does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicles Speed Sensor Check
            • Combination Meter Internal Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Bulb Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Air Outlet Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Side Step Light
        • General Description Concerning The Side Step Light
          • Side Step Light Timer Function
        • Side Step Light Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Side Step Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: One of the side step lights does not illuminate.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when the Door is Unlocked or Locked.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when Either Door is Opened or Closed.
          • Side Step Light-Ecu Inspection
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Bulb Replacement
            • < Side Step Light Bulb>
        • Side Step Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Column Switch (Switch Body) Check
      • Horn
        • Horn Diagnosis
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Accessory Socket Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player
        • General Description
          • Anti-theft system
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: No Sound from One Speaker. < vehicles with amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise is Present while Moving (AM).
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise is Present while Moving (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Excessive Noise on AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Noise is Detected with Engine Running.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Noise is Present While Moving (FM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Constant Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: No reception (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Distortion on AM and/or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Preset Stations are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: CD can not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: No Sound. (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: CD can not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker Test
        • Radio With Cd Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Motor Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna-Ecu Check
          • Glass Antenna Check
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Video Entertainment System (VES)
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Basic Operations
        • Video Entertainment System Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The rear display does not show any image at all.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The remote control does not function.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The image is unstable. The image color is abnormal.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Only the image (including sound), which are sent from auxiliary equipment, is not displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Only sound does not come out when a DVD is played.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At Main Unit Terminal Voltage
            • DVD Player
            • Rear Display
            • Video Controller Unit
        • Special Tool
        • DVD Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Video Controller Unit
          • Removal And Installation
        • Rear Display
          • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A>> Rear Display Bezel Removal
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Vehicles with manual A/C>
            • < Vehicles with auto A/C>
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch Check
            • Rear Window Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • RV Meter
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Introduction To RV Meter
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Start service function
            • Automatic check mode
            • Diagnosis mode
            • History mode
            • Monitor check mode
            • Display check mode
            • Geomagnetic sensor check mode
            • Release of service mode
          • Battery Disconnection
            • Notes
            • Checking connection of system
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The RV Meter does not Show Any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Low Battery Warning Screen is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Abnormal Drive Range is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The ambient air Temperature is not Displayed Normal.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Compass does not Indicate Normally.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Air-Conditioner Information is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At RV Meter Terminal
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
              • Confirmation of magnetization and demagnetization
              • Demagnetization and correction method
          • Multi Meter Assembly
            • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Theft Alarm
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check
            • Security Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System>
          • < Combination Meter>
          • < Headlight>
          • < Fog Light>
        • Sealant
          • < Combination Meter>
  • Communication Devices
    • Simplified Wiring System (SWS)
      • General Description
        • Communication Method
        • Operation
          • Tone Alarm Function
            • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
            • RV Meter Tone Alarm Function
          • Central Door Locking System
            • Central Door Locking System Operation
            • Forgotten Key Prevention Function
          • Power Window Relay Control
            • Power Window Relay Operation
            • Power Window Timer Function
          • Keyless Entry System
          • Sunroof
            • Sunroof Operation
            • Sunroof Timer Function
          • Windshield Wipers And Washers
            • Windshield Low-Speed (And High-Speed) Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Mist Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Washer Operation
          • Rear Wiper And Washer
            • Rear Wiper Operation
            • Rear Washer Operation
          • Seat Belt Warning Light
          • Headlight
            • Headlight Automatic Shutdown Function
          • Headlight Dimmer Switch Automatic
            • Resetting Function
          • Flasher Timer
            • Turn-Signal Light
            • Hazard Warning Light
          • Fog Light
          • Dome Light
          • Theft-Alarm System
            • Theft-Alarm System Operation
            • Panic Alarm Function
          • Configuration Function
      • SWS Diagnosis
        • General Description
          • Before Carrying Out Troubleshooting
          • SWS Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • How To Connect SWS Monitor
          • How To Use SWS Monitor
          • HOW TO CHECK ECUs
          • Service Data Check
          • Pulse Check
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedures
        • Ecu Communication System
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-1: Communication With The SWS Monitor Kit Is Not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-2: Communication With The Column Switch (Column-ECU) Is Not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-3: Communication With The ETACS-ECU Is Not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-4: Communication With The Front-ECU Is Not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-5: Communication With The Sunroof Motor Assembly (Sunroof-ECU) Is Not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-6: Communication With The RV Meter Is Not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Tone Alarm
          • General Description Concerning Tone Alarm
            • Notes
            • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
            • RV Meter Operating Sound Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For RV Meter Operating Sound Function
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-1: Tone Alarm: Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-2: Tone Alarm: Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-3: Tone Alarm: Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-4: Tone Alarm: RV Meter Operating Sound Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Central Door Locking System
          • General Description Concerning The Central Door Locking System
          • Door Lock Function
            • Operating The Driver's Or Front Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder
            • Operating The Driver's Or Front Passenger's Door Lock Switch
            • Operating The Driver's Door Inside Lock Knob
          • Door Unlock Function
            • Operating The Driver's Door Lock Key Cylinder
            • Operating The Front Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder
            • Operating The Driver's Or Front Passenger's Door Lock Switch
            • Forgotten Key Prevention Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Central Door Locking System
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-1: Central Door Locking System: Central Door Lock System Does Not Work At All.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-2: Central Door Locking System: Some Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-3: Central Door Locking System: All The Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock With Just The Door Lock Switch Operation.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-4: Central Door Locking System: All The Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock With Just The Door Lock Key Cylinder Key Operation.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-5: Central Door Locking System: All The Doors Do Not Lock With Just The Driver's Inside Lock Knob Operation.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-6: Central Door Locking System: Forgotten Key Prevention Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Power Windows
          • General Description Concerning The Power Windows
          • Power Window Main Switch Function
            • Raises The Driver's Power Window
            • Lowers The Driver's Power Window
            • Lowers The Driver's Power Window By One-Shot Down Function
            • Raises The Passenger's Power Window
            • Lowers The Passenger's Power Window
          • Power Window Sub Switch Function
            • Raises The Passenger's Power Window
            • Lowers The Passenger's Power Window
            • Power Window Timer Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Power Windows
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-1: Power Window: Power Windows Do Not Work At All.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-2: Power Window: The Power Window Timer Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-3: Power Window: Only The Front Power Window (LH) Does Not Work Normally By Operating The Power Window Main Switch.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-4: Power Window: Power Windows Do Not Work Normally By Operating The Front Passenger's And Rear Power Window Sub-Switches.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-5: Power Window: Front Passenger's And Rear Power Windows Do Not Work Normally By Operating The Power Window Main Switch.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Keyless Entry System
          • General Description Concerning The Keyless Entry System
          • All Door Lock Function
            • Operate The Transmitter Lock Switch
          • Driver's Door Unlock Function
            • Press The Transmitter Unlock Switch Once
          • All Door Unlock Function
            • Press The Transmitter Unlock Switch Twice
            • Keyless Entry Hazard Answerback And Horn Answerback Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Keyless Entry System
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-1: Keyless Entry System: Keyless Entry System Does Not Operate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-2: Keyless Entry System: The Dome Light, Hazard Warning Lights (Turn-Signal Lights) And Horn Do Not Operate Through The Answerback Function.
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-3: Keyless Entry System: Encrypted Code Cannot Be Registered
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Sunroof
          • General Description Concerning The Sunroof
            • Notes
            • General Circuit Diagram Regarding The Sunroof
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-1: Sunroof: Sunroof Does Not Operate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-2: Sunroof: Any Of The Sunroof Switch Positions Is Defective.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-3: Sunroof: Sunroof Timer Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-4: Sunroof: Safety Mechanism Does Not Function.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • General Description Concerning The Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • Windshield Wiper And Washer Control Function
            • Intermittent Control
            • Mist Wiper Control
            • Low Speed Wiper, High Speed Wiper Control
            • Washer Control
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-1: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Wipers Does Not Work At All.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-2: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Wipers Do Not Work When The Windshield Wiper Switch Is At "INT" Or "MIST" position Or The Windshield Washer Switch Is At "ON" Position. However, The Wipers Work At Low Speed When The Windshield Wiper Switch Is At "LO" Or "HI."
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-3: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Wipers Do Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-4: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Wipers Do Not Stop At The Specified Park Position.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-5: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Is Not Changed By Operating The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Adjusting Knob Or According To The Vehicle Speed.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-6: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Washer Does Not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Rear Wiper And Washer
          • General Description Concerning The Rear Wiper And Washer
          • Rear Wiper And Washer Control Function
            • Rear Wiper Control
            • Rear Washer Control
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Rear Wiper And Washer
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-1: Rear Wiper And Washer: Rear Wiper Does Not Work At All.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-2: Rear Wiper And Washer: Rear Wiper Does Not Stop At The Predetermined Park Position.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-3: Rear Wiper And Washer: When The Selector Lever Is Moved To "R" Position During The Rear Wiper Operation, The Rear Wiper Does Not Operate At The Continuous Mode.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-4: Rear Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Washer Does Not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Seat Belt Warning Light
          • General Description Concerning Seat Belt Warning Light
            • Notes
            • Seat Belt Warning Light Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Seat Belt Warning Light Function
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE I-1: Seat Belt Warning Light: Seat Belt Warning Light Does Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Headlight And Taillight
          • General Description Concerning Headlight And Taillight
          • Taillights And Headlights Illumination
            • Taillight
            • Headlights And High-Beam Indicator Light
            • Headlight Automatic-Shutdown Function
            • Dimmer Automatic Reset Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Taillights
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Headlights
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-1: Headlight And Taillight: The Taillights Does Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-2: Headlight And Taillight: Headlights (Low-Beam) Do Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-3: Headlight And Taillight: Headlights (High-Beam) Do Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-4: Headlight And Taillight: Headlights Do Not Illuminate When The Passing Switch Is Operated.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-5: Headlight And Taillight: Headlights Do Not Illuminate When The Lighting Switch Is At "TAIL," And "PASSING" Position, But Illuminate At Low-Beam When The Switch Is At "HEAD" Position. At This Position, The Headlights Cannot Be Changed Into High Beam By Operating The Dimmer Switch.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-6: Headlight And Taillight: Any Of Taillights, The Position Lights, The Side Marker Light Or The License Plate Lights Do Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure J-7: Headlight And Taillight: One Of The Headlights Does Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure J-8: Headlight And Taillight: The High-Beam Indicator Light Does Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-9: Headlight And Taillight: Headlight Automatic Shutdown Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-10: Headlight And Taillight: Headlight Dimmer Switch Automatic Resetting Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-11: Headlight And Taillight: Daytime Running Light Function Does Not Work Normally. < Vehicles For Canada >
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Flasher Timer
          • General Description Concerning Flasher Timer
          • Flasher Timer Function
            • Turn Signal Light
            • Hazard Warning Light
            • General Circuit For Turn Signal Light And Hazard Light
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-1: Flasher Timer: Turn-Signal Lights Do Not Flash When The Turn-Signal Light Switch Is Operated.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-2: Flasher Timer: Hazard Warning Lights Do Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-3: Flasher Timer: One Of The Turn-Signal Lights Do Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Fog Light
          • General Description Concerning Fog Light
            • Notes
            • Fog Light And Fog Light Indicator Light
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Fog Lights
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-1: Fog Light: Fog Lights Do Not Illuminate When The Fog Light Switch Is Operated.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-2: Fog Light: Fog Lights Do Not Go Out When The Headlights (Low-Beam) Are Turned Off While The Fog Lights Are On.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-3: Fog Light: One Of The Fog Lights Does Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Interior Light
          • General Description Concerning Interior Light
            • Notes
            • Dome Light Control Function
            • Ignition Key Hole Illumination Light Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For Interior Lights
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-1: Interior Light: The Dome Light Do Not Illuminate Or Go Out Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-2: Interior Light: Dome Light Dimming Function Does Not Work normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-3: Interior Light: The Ignition Key Hole Illumination Light Does Not Illuminate Or Go Out Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Theft-Alarm System
          • General Description Concerning The Theft-Alarm System
          • Theft-Alarm System
            • Arming The System
            • Disarming The System
            • Activating The Alarm
            • Deactivating The Alarm
            • Checking The System Operation
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Theft-Alarm
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-1: Theft-Alarm System: Theft-Alarm System Is Not Armed (Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Does Not Illuminate).
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-2: Theft-Alarm System: Horn Does Not Sound When The Theft-Alarm Is Triggered.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-3: Theft-Alarm System: Headlights (High-Beam) Do Not Flash When The Theft-Alarm System Is Triggered.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-4: Theft-Alarm System: Panic Alarm Function Does Not Work.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
      • Input Signal Chart
      • Input Signal Procedures
        • Inspection Procedure O-1: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Ignition Switch (Acc).
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-2: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Ignition Switch (IG1).
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-3: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Fog Light Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-4: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive "R" Position Signal From The Transmission Range Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-5: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Driver's Or The Front Passenger's Door Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-6: Column Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Taillight Switch, The Headlight Switch, The Passing Light Switch, The Dimmer Switch Or The Turn-Signal Light Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-7: Column Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From Windshield Mist Wiper Switch, Windshield Intermittent Wiper Switch, Windshield Low-Speed Wiper Switch, Windshield High-Speed Wiper Switch, Windshield Washer Switch, Rear Wiper Switch Or Rear Washer Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-8: Column Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Adjusting Knob.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-9: Sunroof Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Up, Open Or Close/Down Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-10: RV Meter: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From Any Control Switches.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-1: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Key Reminder Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-2: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Hazard Warning Light Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-3: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Driver's Seat Belt Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-4: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From All The Door Switches.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-5: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Driver's, Front Passenger's Or Back Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-6: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Driver's, Front Passenger's Or Back Door Lock Actuator Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-7: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Door Lock Switch (Incorporated In Power Window Main Switch And Power Window Sub Switch).
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-8: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive An Auto-Stop Signal From The Rear Wiper Motor.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-9: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From Hood Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-10: Transmitter: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Lock, Unlock Switch Or Panic Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
      • Check At Ecu Terminal
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Adjustment Procedures Of SWS Function < Vehicles With Keyless Entry System >
          • Notes
          • Entry Conditions For Adjustment Mode
          • Release Conditions For The Adjustment Mode
          • Configuration Of Functions
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Auto-Cruise Control
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
        • Introduction To Auto-Cruise Control System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Auto-cruise control system diagnostic trouble codes
        • Auto-Cruise Control System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Auto-Cruise Control System Diagnostic Function
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (Mut-III).
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC15: Auto-cruise Control Switch System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
              • Check Condition
              • Judgement Criteria
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 21: Cancel Latch Signal System
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 22: Stoplight Switch System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • DTC Set Conditions
              • Check Condition
              • Judgement Criteria
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 23: Powertrain Control module (PCM) and Its Related Components
            • DTC Set Conditions
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When the Brake Pedal is Depressed, Auto-cruise Control is not Cancelled.
            • Comment
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When the Selector Lever is Moved to "N" Range, Auto-cruise Control is not Cancelled.
            • Comment
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: When the Auto-cruise Control "CANCEL" Switch is Set to ON, Auto-cruise Control is not Cancelled.
            • Comment
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Auto-cruise Control cannot be Set.
            • Comment
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Hunting (Repeated Acceleration and Deceleration) Occurs at the Set Vehicle Speed.
            • Comment
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Auto-cruise Control Indicator Light inside Combination Meter does not Illuminate. (However, Auto-cruise Control is Normal.)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Pcm Terminal Voltage Reference Chart For Auto-Cruise Control System Operation
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Auto-Cruise Control Main Switch Check
          • Notes
          • Auto-Cruise Control Setting
          • Speed-Increase Setting
          • Speed-Reduction Setting
          • Return To The Set Speed Before Cancellation And Auto-Cruise Control Cancellation
        • Auto-Cruise Control System Component Check
          • Stoplight Switch
          • Transmission Range Switch ("N" Position)
          • Throttle Position Sensor
          • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
          • Auto-Cruise Control Switch Check
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check
      • Auto-Cruise Control
        • Removal And Installation
    • Specifications - Emissions/Engine Controls
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Service Specifications
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
            • Charge Rate Chart
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Caution When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Ignition Key Reminder Torn Alarm Diagnosis
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are Not the Same or Not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine Cranks, but does not Start.
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Method
              • Notes
              • Points To Note During Operation
              • Key Id Register
              • Registration with scan tool
              • Registration of additional keys with scan tool
              • Registration of additional key(s) without using scan tool
            • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ignition Switch Less Continuity Check
          • Key Reminder Switch Check
          • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Combination Meters Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnosis Function
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Combination Meter does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicles Speed Sensor Check
            • Combination Meter Internal Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Bulb Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Air Outlet Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Side Step Light
        • General Description Concerning The Side Step Light
          • Side Step Light Timer Function
        • Side Step Light Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Side Step Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: One of the side step lights does not illuminate.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when the Door is Unlocked or Locked.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when Either Door is Opened or Closed.
          • Side Step Light-Ecu Inspection
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Bulb Replacement
            • < Side Step Light Bulb>
        • Side Step Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Column Switch (Switch Body) Check
      • Horn
        • Horn Diagnosis
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Accessory Socket Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player
        • General Description
          • Anti-theft system
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: No Sound from One Speaker. < vehicles with amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise is Present while Moving (AM).
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise is Present while Moving (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Excessive Noise on AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Noise is Detected with Engine Running.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Noise is Present While Moving (FM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Constant Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: No reception (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Distortion on AM and/or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Preset Stations are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: CD can not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: No Sound. (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: CD can not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker Test
        • Radio With Cd Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Motor Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna-Ecu Check
          • Glass Antenna Check
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Video Entertainment System (VES)
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Basic Operations
        • Video Entertainment System Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The rear display does not show any image at all.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The remote control does not function.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The image is unstable. The image color is abnormal.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Only the image (including sound), which are sent from auxiliary equipment, is not displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Only sound does not come out when a DVD is played.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At Main Unit Terminal Voltage
            • DVD Player
            • Rear Display
            • Video Controller Unit
        • Special Tool
        • DVD Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Video Controller Unit
          • Removal And Installation
        • Rear Display
          • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A>> Rear Display Bezel Removal
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Vehicles with manual A/C>
            • < Vehicles with auto A/C>
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch Check
            • Rear Window Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • RV Meter
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Introduction To RV Meter
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Start service function
            • Automatic check mode
            • Diagnosis mode
            • History mode
            • Monitor check mode
            • Display check mode
            • Geomagnetic sensor check mode
            • Release of service mode
          • Battery Disconnection
            • Notes
            • Checking connection of system
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The RV Meter does not Show Any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Low Battery Warning Screen is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Abnormal Drive Range is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The ambient air Temperature is not Displayed Normal.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Compass does not Indicate Normally.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Air-Conditioner Information is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At RV Meter Terminal
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
              • Confirmation of magnetization and demagnetization
              • Demagnetization and correction method
          • Multi Meter Assembly
            • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Theft Alarm
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check
            • Security Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System>
          • < Combination Meter>
          • < Headlight>
          • < Fog Light>
        • Sealant
          • < Combination Meter>
  • Exterior Lights
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
            • Charge Rate Chart
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Caution When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Ignition Key Reminder Torn Alarm Diagnosis
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are Not the Same or Not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine Cranks, but does not Start.
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Method
              • Notes
              • Points To Note During Operation
              • Key Id Register
              • Registration with scan tool
              • Registration of additional keys with scan tool
              • Registration of additional key(s) without using scan tool
            • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ignition Switch Less Continuity Check
          • Key Reminder Switch Check
          • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Combination Meters Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnosis Function
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Combination Meter does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicles Speed Sensor Check
            • Combination Meter Internal Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Bulb Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Air Outlet Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Side Step Light
        • General Description Concerning The Side Step Light
          • Side Step Light Timer Function
        • Side Step Light Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Side Step Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: One of the side step lights does not illuminate.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when the Door is Unlocked or Locked.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when Either Door is Opened or Closed.
          • Side Step Light-Ecu Inspection
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Bulb Replacement
            • < Side Step Light Bulb>
        • Side Step Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Column Switch (Switch Body) Check
      • Horn
        • Horn Diagnosis
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Accessory Socket Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player
        • General Description
          • Anti-theft system
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: No Sound from One Speaker. < vehicles with amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise is Present while Moving (AM).
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise is Present while Moving (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Excessive Noise on AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Noise is Detected with Engine Running.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Noise is Present While Moving (FM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Constant Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: No reception (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Distortion on AM and/or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Preset Stations are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: CD can not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: No Sound. (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: CD can not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker Test
        • Radio With Cd Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Motor Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna-Ecu Check
          • Glass Antenna Check
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Video Entertainment System (VES)
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Basic Operations
        • Video Entertainment System Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The rear display does not show any image at all.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The remote control does not function.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The image is unstable. The image color is abnormal.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Only the image (including sound), which are sent from auxiliary equipment, is not displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Only sound does not come out when a DVD is played.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At Main Unit Terminal Voltage
            • DVD Player
            • Rear Display
            • Video Controller Unit
        • Special Tool
        • DVD Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Video Controller Unit
          • Removal And Installation
        • Rear Display
          • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A>> Rear Display Bezel Removal
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Vehicles with manual A/C>
            • < Vehicles with auto A/C>
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch Check
            • Rear Window Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • RV Meter
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Introduction To RV Meter
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Start service function
            • Automatic check mode
            • Diagnosis mode
            • History mode
            • Monitor check mode
            • Display check mode
            • Geomagnetic sensor check mode
            • Release of service mode
          • Battery Disconnection
            • Notes
            • Checking connection of system
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The RV Meter does not Show Any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Low Battery Warning Screen is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Abnormal Drive Range is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The ambient air Temperature is not Displayed Normal.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Compass does not Indicate Normally.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Air-Conditioner Information is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At RV Meter Terminal
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
              • Confirmation of magnetization and demagnetization
              • Demagnetization and correction method
          • Multi Meter Assembly
            • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Theft Alarm
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check
            • Security Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System>
          • < Combination Meter>
          • < Headlight>
          • < Fog Light>
        • Sealant
          • < Combination Meter>
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
            • Charge Rate Chart
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Caution When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Ignition Key Reminder Torn Alarm Diagnosis
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are Not the Same or Not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine Cranks, but does not Start.
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Method
              • Notes
              • Points To Note During Operation
              • Key Id Register
              • Registration with scan tool
              • Registration of additional keys with scan tool
              • Registration of additional key(s) without using scan tool
            • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ignition Switch Less Continuity Check
          • Key Reminder Switch Check
          • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Combination Meters Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnosis Function
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Combination Meter does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicles Speed Sensor Check
            • Combination Meter Internal Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Bulb Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Air Outlet Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Side Step Light
        • General Description Concerning The Side Step Light
          • Side Step Light Timer Function
        • Side Step Light Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Side Step Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: One of the side step lights does not illuminate.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when the Door is Unlocked or Locked.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when Either Door is Opened or Closed.
          • Side Step Light-Ecu Inspection
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Bulb Replacement
            • < Side Step Light Bulb>
        • Side Step Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Column Switch (Switch Body) Check
      • Horn
        • Horn Diagnosis
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Accessory Socket Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player
        • General Description
          • Anti-theft system
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: No Sound from One Speaker. < vehicles with amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise is Present while Moving (AM).
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise is Present while Moving (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Excessive Noise on AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Noise is Detected with Engine Running.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Noise is Present While Moving (FM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Constant Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: No reception (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Distortion on AM and/or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Preset Stations are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: CD can not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: No Sound. (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: CD can not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker Test
        • Radio With Cd Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Motor Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna-Ecu Check
          • Glass Antenna Check
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Video Entertainment System (VES)
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Basic Operations
        • Video Entertainment System Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The rear display does not show any image at all.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The remote control does not function.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The image is unstable. The image color is abnormal.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Only the image (including sound), which are sent from auxiliary equipment, is not displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Only sound does not come out when a DVD is played.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At Main Unit Terminal Voltage
            • DVD Player
            • Rear Display
            • Video Controller Unit
        • Special Tool
        • DVD Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Video Controller Unit
          • Removal And Installation
        • Rear Display
          • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A>> Rear Display Bezel Removal
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Vehicles with manual A/C>
            • < Vehicles with auto A/C>
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch Check
            • Rear Window Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • RV Meter
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Introduction To RV Meter
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Start service function
            • Automatic check mode
            • Diagnosis mode
            • History mode
            • Monitor check mode
            • Display check mode
            • Geomagnetic sensor check mode
            • Release of service mode
          • Battery Disconnection
            • Notes
            • Checking connection of system
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The RV Meter does not Show Any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Low Battery Warning Screen is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Abnormal Drive Range is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The ambient air Temperature is not Displayed Normal.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Compass does not Indicate Normally.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Air-Conditioner Information is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At RV Meter Terminal
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
              • Confirmation of magnetization and demagnetization
              • Demagnetization and correction method
          • Multi Meter Assembly
            • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Theft Alarm
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check
            • Security Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System>
          • < Combination Meter>
          • < Headlight>
          • < Fog Light>
        • Sealant
          • < Combination Meter>
    • Interior
      • Seat Belt Diagnosis
        • Seat Belt Warning System Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • Instrument Panel Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Positions
        • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Floor Console Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
      • Trims
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Positions
      • Headlining
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> SUNVISOR Holder Removal
      • Front Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Front Seat Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Continuity Test Of Heated Seat Switch
          • Seat Cushion Heater Check
          • Seatback Heater Check
          • Power seat manual switch continuity check
          • Operation check of power seat motor
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Positions
      • Rear Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Claw Positions
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < LH Side >
          • Claw Positions
          • < RH Side >
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Head Restraint Guide Removal
      • Third Seat Assembly
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Claw Positions
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Head Restraint Guide Removal
      • Front Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Seat Belt Buckle Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • Second Seat Belt And Third Seat Belt
          • Tether Anchor
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
  • Headlights
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
            • Charge Rate Chart
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Caution When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Ignition Key Reminder Torn Alarm Diagnosis
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are Not the Same or Not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine Cranks, but does not Start.
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Method
              • Notes
              • Points To Note During Operation
              • Key Id Register
              • Registration with scan tool
              • Registration of additional keys with scan tool
              • Registration of additional key(s) without using scan tool
            • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ignition Switch Less Continuity Check
          • Key Reminder Switch Check
          • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Combination Meters Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnosis Function
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Combination Meter does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicles Speed Sensor Check
            • Combination Meter Internal Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Bulb Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Air Outlet Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Side Step Light
        • General Description Concerning The Side Step Light
          • Side Step Light Timer Function
        • Side Step Light Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Side Step Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: One of the side step lights does not illuminate.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when the Door is Unlocked or Locked.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when Either Door is Opened or Closed.
          • Side Step Light-Ecu Inspection
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Bulb Replacement
            • < Side Step Light Bulb>
        • Side Step Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Column Switch (Switch Body) Check
      • Horn
        • Horn Diagnosis
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Accessory Socket Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player
        • General Description
          • Anti-theft system
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: No Sound from One Speaker. < vehicles with amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise is Present while Moving (AM).
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise is Present while Moving (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Excessive Noise on AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Noise is Detected with Engine Running.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Noise is Present While Moving (FM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Constant Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: No reception (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Distortion on AM and/or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Preset Stations are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: CD can not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: No Sound. (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: CD can not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker Test
        • Radio With Cd Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Motor Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna-Ecu Check
          • Glass Antenna Check
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Video Entertainment System (VES)
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Basic Operations
        • Video Entertainment System Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The rear display does not show any image at all.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The remote control does not function.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The image is unstable. The image color is abnormal.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Only the image (including sound), which are sent from auxiliary equipment, is not displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Only sound does not come out when a DVD is played.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At Main Unit Terminal Voltage
            • DVD Player
            • Rear Display
            • Video Controller Unit
        • Special Tool
        • DVD Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Video Controller Unit
          • Removal And Installation
        • Rear Display
          • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A>> Rear Display Bezel Removal
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Vehicles with manual A/C>
            • < Vehicles with auto A/C>
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch Check
            • Rear Window Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • RV Meter
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Introduction To RV Meter
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Start service function
            • Automatic check mode
            • Diagnosis mode
            • History mode
            • Monitor check mode
            • Display check mode
            • Geomagnetic sensor check mode
            • Release of service mode
          • Battery Disconnection
            • Notes
            • Checking connection of system
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The RV Meter does not Show Any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Low Battery Warning Screen is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Abnormal Drive Range is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The ambient air Temperature is not Displayed Normal.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Compass does not Indicate Normally.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Air-Conditioner Information is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At RV Meter Terminal
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
              • Confirmation of magnetization and demagnetization
              • Demagnetization and correction method
          • Multi Meter Assembly
            • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Theft Alarm
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check
            • Security Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System>
          • < Combination Meter>
          • < Headlight>
          • < Fog Light>
        • Sealant
          • < Combination Meter>
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
            • Charge Rate Chart
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Caution When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Ignition Key Reminder Torn Alarm Diagnosis
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are Not the Same or Not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine Cranks, but does not Start.
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Method
              • Notes
              • Points To Note During Operation
              • Key Id Register
              • Registration with scan tool
              • Registration of additional keys with scan tool
              • Registration of additional key(s) without using scan tool
            • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ignition Switch Less Continuity Check
          • Key Reminder Switch Check
          • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Combination Meters Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnosis Function
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Combination Meter does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicles Speed Sensor Check
            • Combination Meter Internal Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Bulb Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Air Outlet Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Side Step Light
        • General Description Concerning The Side Step Light
          • Side Step Light Timer Function
        • Side Step Light Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Side Step Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: One of the side step lights does not illuminate.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when the Door is Unlocked or Locked.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when Either Door is Opened or Closed.
          • Side Step Light-Ecu Inspection
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Bulb Replacement
            • < Side Step Light Bulb>
        • Side Step Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Column Switch (Switch Body) Check
      • Horn
        • Horn Diagnosis
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Accessory Socket Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player
        • General Description
          • Anti-theft system
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: No Sound from One Speaker. < vehicles with amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise is Present while Moving (AM).
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise is Present while Moving (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Excessive Noise on AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Noise is Detected with Engine Running.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Noise is Present While Moving (FM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Constant Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: No reception (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Distortion on AM and/or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Preset Stations are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: CD can not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: No Sound. (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: CD can not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker Test
        • Radio With Cd Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Motor Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna-Ecu Check
          • Glass Antenna Check
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Video Entertainment System (VES)
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Basic Operations
        • Video Entertainment System Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The rear display does not show any image at all.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The remote control does not function.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The image is unstable. The image color is abnormal.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Only the image (including sound), which are sent from auxiliary equipment, is not displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Only sound does not come out when a DVD is played.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At Main Unit Terminal Voltage
            • DVD Player
            • Rear Display
            • Video Controller Unit
        • Special Tool
        • DVD Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Video Controller Unit
          • Removal And Installation
        • Rear Display
          • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A>> Rear Display Bezel Removal
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Vehicles with manual A/C>
            • < Vehicles with auto A/C>
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch Check
            • Rear Window Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • RV Meter
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Introduction To RV Meter
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Start service function
            • Automatic check mode
            • Diagnosis mode
            • History mode
            • Monitor check mode
            • Display check mode
            • Geomagnetic sensor check mode
            • Release of service mode
          • Battery Disconnection
            • Notes
            • Checking connection of system
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The RV Meter does not Show Any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Low Battery Warning Screen is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Abnormal Drive Range is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The ambient air Temperature is not Displayed Normal.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Compass does not Indicate Normally.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Air-Conditioner Information is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At RV Meter Terminal
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
              • Confirmation of magnetization and demagnetization
              • Demagnetization and correction method
          • Multi Meter Assembly
            • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Theft Alarm
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check
            • Security Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System>
          • < Combination Meter>
          • < Headlight>
          • < Fog Light>
        • Sealant
          • < Combination Meter>
  • Horns
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
            • Charge Rate Chart
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Caution When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Ignition Key Reminder Torn Alarm Diagnosis
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are Not the Same or Not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine Cranks, but does not Start.
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Method
              • Notes
              • Points To Note During Operation
              • Key Id Register
              • Registration with scan tool
              • Registration of additional keys with scan tool
              • Registration of additional key(s) without using scan tool
            • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ignition Switch Less Continuity Check
          • Key Reminder Switch Check
          • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Combination Meters Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnosis Function
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Combination Meter does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicles Speed Sensor Check
            • Combination Meter Internal Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Bulb Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Air Outlet Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Side Step Light
        • General Description Concerning The Side Step Light
          • Side Step Light Timer Function
        • Side Step Light Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Side Step Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: One of the side step lights does not illuminate.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when the Door is Unlocked or Locked.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when Either Door is Opened or Closed.
          • Side Step Light-Ecu Inspection
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Bulb Replacement
            • < Side Step Light Bulb>
        • Side Step Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Column Switch (Switch Body) Check
      • Horn
        • Horn Diagnosis
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Accessory Socket Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player
        • General Description
          • Anti-theft system
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: No Sound from One Speaker. < vehicles with amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise is Present while Moving (AM).
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise is Present while Moving (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Excessive Noise on AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Noise is Detected with Engine Running.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Noise is Present While Moving (FM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Constant Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: No reception (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Distortion on AM and/or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Preset Stations are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: CD can not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: No Sound. (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: CD can not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker Test
        • Radio With Cd Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Motor Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna-Ecu Check
          • Glass Antenna Check
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Video Entertainment System (VES)
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Basic Operations
        • Video Entertainment System Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The rear display does not show any image at all.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The remote control does not function.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The image is unstable. The image color is abnormal.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Only the image (including sound), which are sent from auxiliary equipment, is not displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Only sound does not come out when a DVD is played.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At Main Unit Terminal Voltage
            • DVD Player
            • Rear Display
            • Video Controller Unit
        • Special Tool
        • DVD Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Video Controller Unit
          • Removal And Installation
        • Rear Display
          • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A>> Rear Display Bezel Removal
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Vehicles with manual A/C>
            • < Vehicles with auto A/C>
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch Check
            • Rear Window Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • RV Meter
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Introduction To RV Meter
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Start service function
            • Automatic check mode
            • Diagnosis mode
            • History mode
            • Monitor check mode
            • Display check mode
            • Geomagnetic sensor check mode
            • Release of service mode
          • Battery Disconnection
            • Notes
            • Checking connection of system
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The RV Meter does not Show Any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Low Battery Warning Screen is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Abnormal Drive Range is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The ambient air Temperature is not Displayed Normal.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Compass does not Indicate Normally.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Air-Conditioner Information is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At RV Meter Terminal
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
              • Confirmation of magnetization and demagnetization
              • Demagnetization and correction method
          • Multi Meter Assembly
            • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Theft Alarm
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check
            • Security Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System>
          • < Combination Meter>
          • < Headlight>
          • < Fog Light>
        • Sealant
          • < Combination Meter>
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
            • Charge Rate Chart
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Caution When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Ignition Key Reminder Torn Alarm Diagnosis
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are Not the Same or Not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine Cranks, but does not Start.
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Method
              • Notes
              • Points To Note During Operation
              • Key Id Register
              • Registration with scan tool
              • Registration of additional keys with scan tool
              • Registration of additional key(s) without using scan tool
            • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ignition Switch Less Continuity Check
          • Key Reminder Switch Check
          • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Combination Meters Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnosis Function
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Combination Meter does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicles Speed Sensor Check
            • Combination Meter Internal Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Bulb Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Air Outlet Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Side Step Light
        • General Description Concerning The Side Step Light
          • Side Step Light Timer Function
        • Side Step Light Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Side Step Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: One of the side step lights does not illuminate.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when the Door is Unlocked or Locked.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when Either Door is Opened or Closed.
          • Side Step Light-Ecu Inspection
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Bulb Replacement
            • < Side Step Light Bulb>
        • Side Step Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Column Switch (Switch Body) Check
      • Horn
        • Horn Diagnosis
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Accessory Socket Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player
        • General Description
          • Anti-theft system
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: No Sound from One Speaker. < vehicles with amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise is Present while Moving (AM).
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise is Present while Moving (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Excessive Noise on AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Noise is Detected with Engine Running.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Noise is Present While Moving (FM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Constant Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: No reception (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Distortion on AM and/or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Preset Stations are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: CD can not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: No Sound. (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: CD can not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker Test
        • Radio With Cd Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Motor Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna-Ecu Check
          • Glass Antenna Check
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Video Entertainment System (VES)
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Basic Operations
        • Video Entertainment System Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The rear display does not show any image at all.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The remote control does not function.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The image is unstable. The image color is abnormal.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Only the image (including sound), which are sent from auxiliary equipment, is not displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Only sound does not come out when a DVD is played.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At Main Unit Terminal Voltage
            • DVD Player
            • Rear Display
            • Video Controller Unit
        • Special Tool
        • DVD Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Video Controller Unit
          • Removal And Installation
        • Rear Display
          • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A>> Rear Display Bezel Removal
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Vehicles with manual A/C>
            • < Vehicles with auto A/C>
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch Check
            • Rear Window Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • RV Meter
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Introduction To RV Meter
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Start service function
            • Automatic check mode
            • Diagnosis mode
            • History mode
            • Monitor check mode
            • Display check mode
            • Geomagnetic sensor check mode
            • Release of service mode
          • Battery Disconnection
            • Notes
            • Checking connection of system
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The RV Meter does not Show Any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Low Battery Warning Screen is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Abnormal Drive Range is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The ambient air Temperature is not Displayed Normal.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Compass does not Indicate Normally.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Air-Conditioner Information is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At RV Meter Terminal
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
              • Confirmation of magnetization and demagnetization
              • Demagnetization and correction method
          • Multi Meter Assembly
            • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Theft Alarm
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check
            • Security Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System>
          • < Combination Meter>
          • < Headlight>
          • < Fog Light>
        • Sealant
          • < Combination Meter>
  • Infotainment
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
            • Charge Rate Chart
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Caution When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Ignition Key Reminder Torn Alarm Diagnosis
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are Not the Same or Not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine Cranks, but does not Start.
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Method
              • Notes
              • Points To Note During Operation
              • Key Id Register
              • Registration with scan tool
              • Registration of additional keys with scan tool
              • Registration of additional key(s) without using scan tool
            • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ignition Switch Less Continuity Check
          • Key Reminder Switch Check
          • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Combination Meters Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnosis Function
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Combination Meter does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicles Speed Sensor Check
            • Combination Meter Internal Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Bulb Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Air Outlet Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Side Step Light
        • General Description Concerning The Side Step Light
          • Side Step Light Timer Function
        • Side Step Light Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Side Step Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: One of the side step lights does not illuminate.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when the Door is Unlocked or Locked.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when Either Door is Opened or Closed.
          • Side Step Light-Ecu Inspection
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Bulb Replacement
            • < Side Step Light Bulb>
        • Side Step Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Column Switch (Switch Body) Check
      • Horn
        • Horn Diagnosis
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Accessory Socket Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player
        • General Description
          • Anti-theft system
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: No Sound from One Speaker. < vehicles with amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise is Present while Moving (AM).
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise is Present while Moving (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Excessive Noise on AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Noise is Detected with Engine Running.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Noise is Present While Moving (FM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Constant Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: No reception (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Distortion on AM and/or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Preset Stations are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: CD can not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: No Sound. (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: CD can not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker Test
        • Radio With Cd Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Motor Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna-Ecu Check
          • Glass Antenna Check
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Video Entertainment System (VES)
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Basic Operations
        • Video Entertainment System Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The rear display does not show any image at all.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The remote control does not function.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The image is unstable. The image color is abnormal.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Only the image (including sound), which are sent from auxiliary equipment, is not displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Only sound does not come out when a DVD is played.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At Main Unit Terminal Voltage
            • DVD Player
            • Rear Display
            • Video Controller Unit
        • Special Tool
        • DVD Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Video Controller Unit
          • Removal And Installation
        • Rear Display
          • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A>> Rear Display Bezel Removal
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Vehicles with manual A/C>
            • < Vehicles with auto A/C>
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch Check
            • Rear Window Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • RV Meter
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Introduction To RV Meter
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Start service function
            • Automatic check mode
            • Diagnosis mode
            • History mode
            • Monitor check mode
            • Display check mode
            • Geomagnetic sensor check mode
            • Release of service mode
          • Battery Disconnection
            • Notes
            • Checking connection of system
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The RV Meter does not Show Any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Low Battery Warning Screen is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Abnormal Drive Range is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The ambient air Temperature is not Displayed Normal.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Compass does not Indicate Normally.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Air-Conditioner Information is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At RV Meter Terminal
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
              • Confirmation of magnetization and demagnetization
              • Demagnetization and correction method
          • Multi Meter Assembly
            • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Theft Alarm
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check
            • Security Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System>
          • < Combination Meter>
          • < Headlight>
          • < Fog Light>
        • Sealant
          • < Combination Meter>
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Exterior
      • Front Bumper Assembly
        • Special Tool
        • Front Bumper Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Radiator Grille Removal
          • Disassembly And Assembly
            • Notes
            • Disassembly Service Point
              • << A >> Front Bumper Reinforcement Removal
      • Rear Bumper Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Rear Mudguard Reinforcement, Rear Bumper Side Retainer Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Rear Mudguard Reinforcement, Rear Bumper Side Retainer
      • Roof Rail
        • Removal And Installation
      • Moldings
        • Special Tool
        • Moldings
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Adhesive Tape Position
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Front Door Molding, Front Wheel Cut Molding, Rear Wheel Cut Molding And Rear Door Molding Removal
              • << B >> Rivet A And Rivet B Removal
              • << C >> Roof Drip Molding Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • Notes
              • >> A << Front Door Molding, Front Wheel Cut Molding, Rear Wheel Cut Molding And Rear Door Molding Installation.
              • >> B << Rivet A Installation
              • >> C << Rivet B Installation
      • Garnishes
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Adhesive Tape Position
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Side Sill Garnish, License Plate Garnish, Back Door Left Garnish, Back Door Garnish Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Side Sill Garnish, License Plate Garnish, Back Door Left Garnish, Back Door Garnish Installation
      • Mud Guard
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Deflector
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Deflector
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Rear Deflector Cover Removal
      • Side Step
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Side Step Cover, Non-Slip Cover Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Side Step Cover, Non-Slip Cover Installation
        • Side Step Disassembly And Reassembly
      • Windshield Wiper And Washer
        • General Description
          • Windshield Wiper And Washer Operation
            • Windshield Low-Speed (And High-Speed) Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Mist Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Washer Operation
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Diagnosis
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Wiper Motor Assembly Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • Notes
              • > A << Wiper Arm And Blade Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Windshield Wiper Motor Check
              • Notes
              • Wiper Motor at Low-Speed and High-Speed Operation
              • Wiper Motor at Stop Position Operation
            • Windshield Washer Motor Check
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Check
            • Windshield Washer Nozzle Spray Position Check
            • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check
      • Rear Wiper And Washer
        • General Description
          • Rear Wiper And Washer Operation
            • Rear Wiper Operation
            • Rear Washer Operation
        • Rear Wiper And Washer Diagnosis
        • Rear Wiper And Washer
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Grommet Installation
              • >> B << Rear Wiper Arm And Blade Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Wiper Motor Check
              • Notes
              • Wiper Motor Operation
              • Wiper Motor at Stop Position Operation
            • Rear Washer Motor Check
            • Rear Washer Nozzle Spray Direction Check
            • Rear Wiper And Washer Switch Check
      • Mark
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Mark Installation
      • Outside Mirror
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Mirror Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Mirror Installation
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Mirror Assembly Check
          • Remote Controlled Mirror Switch Continuity Check
          • Heating Element Function Check
        • Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • Service Specifications
          • Sealants And Adhesives
    • Interior
      • Seat Belt Diagnosis
        • Seat Belt Warning System Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • Instrument Panel Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Positions
        • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Floor Console Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
      • Trims
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Positions
      • Headlining
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> SUNVISOR Holder Removal
      • Front Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Front Seat Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Continuity Test Of Heated Seat Switch
          • Seat Cushion Heater Check
          • Seatback Heater Check
          • Power seat manual switch continuity check
          • Operation check of power seat motor
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Positions
      • Rear Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Claw Positions
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < LH Side >
          • Claw Positions
          • < RH Side >
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Head Restraint Guide Removal
      • Third Seat Assembly
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Claw Positions
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Head Restraint Guide Removal
      • Front Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Seat Belt Buckle Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • Second Seat Belt And Third Seat Belt
          • Tether Anchor
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
            • Charge Rate Chart
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Caution When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Ignition Key Reminder Torn Alarm Diagnosis
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are Not the Same or Not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine Cranks, but does not Start.
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Method
              • Notes
              • Points To Note During Operation
              • Key Id Register
              • Registration with scan tool
              • Registration of additional keys with scan tool
              • Registration of additional key(s) without using scan tool
            • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ignition Switch Less Continuity Check
          • Key Reminder Switch Check
          • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Combination Meters Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnosis Function
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Combination Meter does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicles Speed Sensor Check
            • Combination Meter Internal Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Bulb Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Air Outlet Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Side Step Light
        • General Description Concerning The Side Step Light
          • Side Step Light Timer Function
        • Side Step Light Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Side Step Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: One of the side step lights does not illuminate.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when the Door is Unlocked or Locked.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when Either Door is Opened or Closed.
          • Side Step Light-Ecu Inspection
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Bulb Replacement
            • < Side Step Light Bulb>
        • Side Step Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Column Switch (Switch Body) Check
      • Horn
        • Horn Diagnosis
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Accessory Socket Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player
        • General Description
          • Anti-theft system
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: No Sound from One Speaker. < vehicles with amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise is Present while Moving (AM).
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise is Present while Moving (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Excessive Noise on AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Noise is Detected with Engine Running.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Noise is Present While Moving (FM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Constant Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: No reception (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Distortion on AM and/or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Preset Stations are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: CD can not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: No Sound. (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: CD can not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker Test
        • Radio With Cd Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Motor Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna-Ecu Check
          • Glass Antenna Check
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Video Entertainment System (VES)
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Basic Operations
        • Video Entertainment System Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The rear display does not show any image at all.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The remote control does not function.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The image is unstable. The image color is abnormal.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Only the image (including sound), which are sent from auxiliary equipment, is not displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Only sound does not come out when a DVD is played.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At Main Unit Terminal Voltage
            • DVD Player
            • Rear Display
            • Video Controller Unit
        • Special Tool
        • DVD Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Video Controller Unit
          • Removal And Installation
        • Rear Display
          • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A>> Rear Display Bezel Removal
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Vehicles with manual A/C>
            • < Vehicles with auto A/C>
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch Check
            • Rear Window Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • RV Meter
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Introduction To RV Meter
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Start service function
            • Automatic check mode
            • Diagnosis mode
            • History mode
            • Monitor check mode
            • Display check mode
            • Geomagnetic sensor check mode
            • Release of service mode
          • Battery Disconnection
            • Notes
            • Checking connection of system
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The RV Meter does not Show Any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Low Battery Warning Screen is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Abnormal Drive Range is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The ambient air Temperature is not Displayed Normal.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Compass does not Indicate Normally.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Air-Conditioner Information is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At RV Meter Terminal
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
              • Confirmation of magnetization and demagnetization
              • Demagnetization and correction method
          • Multi Meter Assembly
            • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Theft Alarm
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check
            • Security Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System>
          • < Combination Meter>
          • < Headlight>
          • < Fog Light>
        • Sealant
          • < Combination Meter>
  • Mirrors
    • Exterior
      • Front Bumper Assembly
        • Special Tool
        • Front Bumper Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Radiator Grille Removal
          • Disassembly And Assembly
            • Notes
            • Disassembly Service Point
              • << A >> Front Bumper Reinforcement Removal
      • Rear Bumper Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Rear Mudguard Reinforcement, Rear Bumper Side Retainer Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Rear Mudguard Reinforcement, Rear Bumper Side Retainer
      • Roof Rail
        • Removal And Installation
      • Moldings
        • Special Tool
        • Moldings
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Adhesive Tape Position
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Front Door Molding, Front Wheel Cut Molding, Rear Wheel Cut Molding And Rear Door Molding Removal
              • << B >> Rivet A And Rivet B Removal
              • << C >> Roof Drip Molding Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • Notes
              • >> A << Front Door Molding, Front Wheel Cut Molding, Rear Wheel Cut Molding And Rear Door Molding Installation.
              • >> B << Rivet A Installation
              • >> C << Rivet B Installation
      • Garnishes
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Adhesive Tape Position
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Side Sill Garnish, License Plate Garnish, Back Door Left Garnish, Back Door Garnish Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Side Sill Garnish, License Plate Garnish, Back Door Left Garnish, Back Door Garnish Installation
      • Mud Guard
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Deflector
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Deflector
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Rear Deflector Cover Removal
      • Side Step
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Side Step Cover, Non-Slip Cover Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Side Step Cover, Non-Slip Cover Installation
        • Side Step Disassembly And Reassembly
      • Windshield Wiper And Washer
        • General Description
          • Windshield Wiper And Washer Operation
            • Windshield Low-Speed (And High-Speed) Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Mist Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Washer Operation
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Diagnosis
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Wiper Motor Assembly Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • Notes
              • > A << Wiper Arm And Blade Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Windshield Wiper Motor Check
              • Notes
              • Wiper Motor at Low-Speed and High-Speed Operation
              • Wiper Motor at Stop Position Operation
            • Windshield Washer Motor Check
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Check
            • Windshield Washer Nozzle Spray Position Check
            • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check
      • Rear Wiper And Washer
        • General Description
          • Rear Wiper And Washer Operation
            • Rear Wiper Operation
            • Rear Washer Operation
        • Rear Wiper And Washer Diagnosis
        • Rear Wiper And Washer
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Grommet Installation
              • >> B << Rear Wiper Arm And Blade Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Wiper Motor Check
              • Notes
              • Wiper Motor Operation
              • Wiper Motor at Stop Position Operation
            • Rear Washer Motor Check
            • Rear Washer Nozzle Spray Direction Check
            • Rear Wiper And Washer Switch Check
      • Mark
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Mark Installation
      • Outside Mirror
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Mirror Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Mirror Installation
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Mirror Assembly Check
          • Remote Controlled Mirror Switch Continuity Check
          • Heating Element Function Check
        • Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • Service Specifications
          • Sealants And Adhesives
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
            • Charge Rate Chart
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Caution When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Ignition Key Reminder Torn Alarm Diagnosis
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are Not the Same or Not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine Cranks, but does not Start.
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Method
              • Notes
              • Points To Note During Operation
              • Key Id Register
              • Registration with scan tool
              • Registration of additional keys with scan tool
              • Registration of additional key(s) without using scan tool
            • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ignition Switch Less Continuity Check
          • Key Reminder Switch Check
          • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Combination Meters Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnosis Function
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Combination Meter does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicles Speed Sensor Check
            • Combination Meter Internal Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Bulb Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Air Outlet Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Side Step Light
        • General Description Concerning The Side Step Light
          • Side Step Light Timer Function
        • Side Step Light Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Side Step Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: One of the side step lights does not illuminate.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when the Door is Unlocked or Locked.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when Either Door is Opened or Closed.
          • Side Step Light-Ecu Inspection
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Bulb Replacement
            • < Side Step Light Bulb>
        • Side Step Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Column Switch (Switch Body) Check
      • Horn
        • Horn Diagnosis
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Accessory Socket Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player
        • General Description
          • Anti-theft system
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: No Sound from One Speaker. < vehicles with amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise is Present while Moving (AM).
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise is Present while Moving (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Excessive Noise on AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Noise is Detected with Engine Running.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Noise is Present While Moving (FM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Constant Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: No reception (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Distortion on AM and/or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Preset Stations are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: CD can not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: No Sound. (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: CD can not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker Test
        • Radio With Cd Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Motor Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna-Ecu Check
          • Glass Antenna Check
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Video Entertainment System (VES)
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Basic Operations
        • Video Entertainment System Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The rear display does not show any image at all.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The remote control does not function.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The image is unstable. The image color is abnormal.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Only the image (including sound), which are sent from auxiliary equipment, is not displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Only sound does not come out when a DVD is played.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At Main Unit Terminal Voltage
            • DVD Player
            • Rear Display
            • Video Controller Unit
        • Special Tool
        • DVD Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Video Controller Unit
          • Removal And Installation
        • Rear Display
          • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A>> Rear Display Bezel Removal
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Vehicles with manual A/C>
            • < Vehicles with auto A/C>
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch Check
            • Rear Window Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • RV Meter
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Introduction To RV Meter
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Start service function
            • Automatic check mode
            • Diagnosis mode
            • History mode
            • Monitor check mode
            • Display check mode
            • Geomagnetic sensor check mode
            • Release of service mode
          • Battery Disconnection
            • Notes
            • Checking connection of system
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The RV Meter does not Show Any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Low Battery Warning Screen is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Abnormal Drive Range is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The ambient air Temperature is not Displayed Normal.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Compass does not Indicate Normally.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Air-Conditioner Information is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At RV Meter Terminal
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
              • Confirmation of magnetization and demagnetization
              • Demagnetization and correction method
          • Multi Meter Assembly
            • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Theft Alarm
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check
            • Security Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System>
          • < Combination Meter>
          • < Headlight>
          • < Fog Light>
        • Sealant
          • < Combination Meter>
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Body
      • Hood
        • Hood Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Hood Diagnosis.
          • Hood Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Difficult Looking and Unlocking
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Uneven Body Clearance
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Uneven Height
              • Diagnosis
        • Hood
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check < Vehicles With Theft-Alarm System >
      • Fender
        • Removal And Installation
      • Fuel Filler Lid
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Rivet Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Rivet Installation
      • Window Glass
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Window Glass Installation
        • Window Glass Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Window Glass Diagnosis
          • Window Glass Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Water Leak through Windshield/Water Leak through Quarter Window Glass/Water Leak through Back Door Window Glass
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Windshield
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Windshield Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Glass Stopper/Windshield Spacer/Windshield Molding Installation
              • >> B << Windshield Installation
        • Quarter Window Glass
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Quarter Window Glass/Quarter Window Molding Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Quarter Window Molding/Quarter Window Glass Installation
        • Back Door Window Glass
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Back Door Window Glass Removal
            • >> A << Window Dam/Glass Stopper/Dual Lock Fastener/Back Door Window Glass Installation
      • Door
        • General Description
          • Operation
            • Central Door Locking System
            • Power Windows
        • Central Door Locking System Diagnosis
        • Power Window Diagnosis
        • Door Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Introduction To Glass And Door Diagnosis
          • Glass And Door Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Water Leak through Door Window Glass
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Door Window Malfunction
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Water Leak through Door Edge
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Water Leak from Door Center
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Door Hard to Open
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Door does not Open or Close Completely
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Uneven Gap between Body
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Wind Noise around Door
              • Diagnosis
        • How To Locate Wind Noises
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Door Fit Adjustment
          • Door Window Glass Adjustment
          • Door Inside Handle Play Check And Adjustment
          • Door Outside Handle Play Check
          • Circuit Breaker (Incorporated In The Power Window Motor) Inspection
        • Door Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Door Switch Continuity Check
        • Door Trim And Waterproof Film
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Clip And Claw Positions
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Power Window Switch Assembly Removal
              • << B >> Door Inside Handle Cover Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Waterproof Film Installation
          • Inspection
            • Power Window Switch Continuity Check
              • Power Window Main Switch Check
              • Power Window Sub Switch Check
        • Door Glass And Regulator
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Door Center Sash Removal
          • Inspection
            • Power Window Relay Continuity Check
            • Power Window Motor Check
        • Door Handle And Latch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Door Check Installation
              • >> B << Rear Lower Sash Installation
              • >> C << Door Inside Handle Installation
          • Inspection
            • Front Door Lock Actuator Check
              • Actuator Operation Check < Driver's side >
              • Actuator Operation Check < Passenger's side >
              • Actuator Switch Check < Driver's side >
              • Actuator Switch Check < Passenger's side >
            • Rear Door Lock Actuator Check
              • Actuator Operation Check < Driver's side >
              • Actuator Operation Check < Passenger's side >
            • Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Check
              • < Driver's side >
              • < Passenger's side >
            • Central Door Lock Switch Continuity Check
              • Notes
              • < Driver's side >
              • < Passenger's side >
        • Window Glass RUNCHANNEL And Door Opening Weatherstrip
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Door Outer Opening Weatherstrip Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Mounting Of Door Window Glass Channel
              • >> B << Mounting Of Door Inner Opening Weather Strip
      • Back Door Assembly
        • Back Door Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Back Door Diagnosis
          • Back Door Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Door Hard to Open
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Door does not Open or Close Completely
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Uneven Gap between Body
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Back Door Fit Adjustment
          • Back Door Handle Play Check
        • Back Door Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Back Door Opening Weatherstrip Installation
              • >> B << Striker Installation
          • Inspection
            • Back Door Switch Check
        • Back Door Trim And Waterproof Film
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Door Pull Handle Installation
          • Back Door Handle And Latch, Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Back Door Lock Actuator Check
            • Back Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch
      • Keyless Entry System
        • General Description
        • Keyless Entry System Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Replace The Transmitter Battery
          • Enabling/Disabling The ANSWERBACK Function
            • Notes
            • Enabling/Disabling The Hazard ANSWERBACK Function
              • Notes
              • < When the transmitter is used after connecting scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector or grounding data link connector terminal (1) >
              • < How to adjust hazard answerback when the transmitter is used to lock doors >
              • < How to adjust hazard answerback when the transmitter is used to unlock doors >
            • Enabling/Disabling The Horn ANSWERBACK Function
          • How To Register Secret Code
            • Notes
            • When special tool MB991529 is used
            • When special tool MB991824 (V.C.I.) is used
      • Sunroof Assembly
        • General Description
        • Sunroof Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Water Test
          • Sunroof Fit Adjustment
          • Operation Check
            • Notes
            • Basic operation
            • Jam preventing mechanism
            • Sunroof timer mechanism
        • Sunroof Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Drain Hose Removal
              • << B >> Sunroof Motor Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Drain Hose Installation
              • >> B << Sunroof Motor Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Roof Lid Glass Circuit Check
            • Sunroof Switch Continuity Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Shaft/Drive Cable Removal
              • << B >> Roof Window Deflector Panel Assembly Removal
              • << C >> Removal Of Deflector/Deflector Link
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Shaft Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Sealants
        • Component Identification
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Exterior
      • Front Bumper Assembly
        • Special Tool
        • Front Bumper Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Radiator Grille Removal
          • Disassembly And Assembly
            • Notes
            • Disassembly Service Point
              • << A >> Front Bumper Reinforcement Removal
      • Rear Bumper Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Rear Mudguard Reinforcement, Rear Bumper Side Retainer Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Rear Mudguard Reinforcement, Rear Bumper Side Retainer
      • Roof Rail
        • Removal And Installation
      • Moldings
        • Special Tool
        • Moldings
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Adhesive Tape Position
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Front Door Molding, Front Wheel Cut Molding, Rear Wheel Cut Molding And Rear Door Molding Removal
              • << B >> Rivet A And Rivet B Removal
              • << C >> Roof Drip Molding Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • Notes
              • >> A << Front Door Molding, Front Wheel Cut Molding, Rear Wheel Cut Molding And Rear Door Molding Installation.
              • >> B << Rivet A Installation
              • >> C << Rivet B Installation
      • Garnishes
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Adhesive Tape Position
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Side Sill Garnish, License Plate Garnish, Back Door Left Garnish, Back Door Garnish Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Side Sill Garnish, License Plate Garnish, Back Door Left Garnish, Back Door Garnish Installation
      • Mud Guard
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Deflector
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Deflector
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Rear Deflector Cover Removal
      • Side Step
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Side Step Cover, Non-Slip Cover Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Side Step Cover, Non-Slip Cover Installation
        • Side Step Disassembly And Reassembly
      • Windshield Wiper And Washer
        • General Description
          • Windshield Wiper And Washer Operation
            • Windshield Low-Speed (And High-Speed) Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Mist Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Washer Operation
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Diagnosis
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Wiper Motor Assembly Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • Notes
              • > A << Wiper Arm And Blade Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Windshield Wiper Motor Check
              • Notes
              • Wiper Motor at Low-Speed and High-Speed Operation
              • Wiper Motor at Stop Position Operation
            • Windshield Washer Motor Check
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Check
            • Windshield Washer Nozzle Spray Position Check
            • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check
      • Rear Wiper And Washer
        • General Description
          • Rear Wiper And Washer Operation
            • Rear Wiper Operation
            • Rear Washer Operation
        • Rear Wiper And Washer Diagnosis
        • Rear Wiper And Washer
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Grommet Installation
              • >> B << Rear Wiper Arm And Blade Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Wiper Motor Check
              • Notes
              • Wiper Motor Operation
              • Wiper Motor at Stop Position Operation
            • Rear Washer Motor Check
            • Rear Washer Nozzle Spray Direction Check
            • Rear Wiper And Washer Switch Check
      • Mark
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Mark Installation
      • Outside Mirror
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Mirror Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Mirror Installation
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Mirror Assembly Check
          • Remote Controlled Mirror Switch Continuity Check
          • Heating Element Function Check
        • Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • Service Specifications
          • Sealants And Adhesives
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Body
      • Hood
        • Hood Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Hood Diagnosis.
          • Hood Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Difficult Looking and Unlocking
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Uneven Body Clearance
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Uneven Height
              • Diagnosis
        • Hood
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check < Vehicles With Theft-Alarm System >
      • Fender
        • Removal And Installation
      • Fuel Filler Lid
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Rivet Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Rivet Installation
      • Window Glass
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Window Glass Installation
        • Window Glass Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Window Glass Diagnosis
          • Window Glass Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Water Leak through Windshield/Water Leak through Quarter Window Glass/Water Leak through Back Door Window Glass
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Windshield
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Windshield Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Glass Stopper/Windshield Spacer/Windshield Molding Installation
              • >> B << Windshield Installation
        • Quarter Window Glass
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Quarter Window Glass/Quarter Window Molding Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Quarter Window Molding/Quarter Window Glass Installation
        • Back Door Window Glass
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Back Door Window Glass Removal
            • >> A << Window Dam/Glass Stopper/Dual Lock Fastener/Back Door Window Glass Installation
      • Door
        • General Description
          • Operation
            • Central Door Locking System
            • Power Windows
        • Central Door Locking System Diagnosis
        • Power Window Diagnosis
        • Door Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Introduction To Glass And Door Diagnosis
          • Glass And Door Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Water Leak through Door Window Glass
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Door Window Malfunction
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Water Leak through Door Edge
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Water Leak from Door Center
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Door Hard to Open
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Door does not Open or Close Completely
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Uneven Gap between Body
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Wind Noise around Door
              • Diagnosis
        • How To Locate Wind Noises
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Door Fit Adjustment
          • Door Window Glass Adjustment
          • Door Inside Handle Play Check And Adjustment
          • Door Outside Handle Play Check
          • Circuit Breaker (Incorporated In The Power Window Motor) Inspection
        • Door Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Door Switch Continuity Check
        • Door Trim And Waterproof Film
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Clip And Claw Positions
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Power Window Switch Assembly Removal
              • << B >> Door Inside Handle Cover Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Waterproof Film Installation
          • Inspection
            • Power Window Switch Continuity Check
              • Power Window Main Switch Check
              • Power Window Sub Switch Check
        • Door Glass And Regulator
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Door Center Sash Removal
          • Inspection
            • Power Window Relay Continuity Check
            • Power Window Motor Check
        • Door Handle And Latch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Door Check Installation
              • >> B << Rear Lower Sash Installation
              • >> C << Door Inside Handle Installation
          • Inspection
            • Front Door Lock Actuator Check
              • Actuator Operation Check < Driver's side >
              • Actuator Operation Check < Passenger's side >
              • Actuator Switch Check < Driver's side >
              • Actuator Switch Check < Passenger's side >
            • Rear Door Lock Actuator Check
              • Actuator Operation Check < Driver's side >
              • Actuator Operation Check < Passenger's side >
            • Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Check
              • < Driver's side >
              • < Passenger's side >
            • Central Door Lock Switch Continuity Check
              • Notes
              • < Driver's side >
              • < Passenger's side >
        • Window Glass RUNCHANNEL And Door Opening Weatherstrip
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Door Outer Opening Weatherstrip Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Mounting Of Door Window Glass Channel
              • >> B << Mounting Of Door Inner Opening Weather Strip
      • Back Door Assembly
        • Back Door Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Back Door Diagnosis
          • Back Door Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Door Hard to Open
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Door does not Open or Close Completely
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Uneven Gap between Body
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Back Door Fit Adjustment
          • Back Door Handle Play Check
        • Back Door Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Back Door Opening Weatherstrip Installation
              • >> B << Striker Installation
          • Inspection
            • Back Door Switch Check
        • Back Door Trim And Waterproof Film
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Door Pull Handle Installation
          • Back Door Handle And Latch, Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Back Door Lock Actuator Check
            • Back Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch
      • Keyless Entry System
        • General Description
        • Keyless Entry System Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Replace The Transmitter Battery
          • Enabling/Disabling The ANSWERBACK Function
            • Notes
            • Enabling/Disabling The Hazard ANSWERBACK Function
              • Notes
              • < When the transmitter is used after connecting scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector or grounding data link connector terminal (1) >
              • < How to adjust hazard answerback when the transmitter is used to lock doors >
              • < How to adjust hazard answerback when the transmitter is used to unlock doors >
            • Enabling/Disabling The Horn ANSWERBACK Function
          • How To Register Secret Code
            • Notes
            • When special tool MB991529 is used
            • When special tool MB991824 (V.C.I.) is used
      • Sunroof Assembly
        • General Description
        • Sunroof Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Water Test
          • Sunroof Fit Adjustment
          • Operation Check
            • Notes
            • Basic operation
            • Jam preventing mechanism
            • Sunroof timer mechanism
        • Sunroof Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Drain Hose Removal
              • << B >> Sunroof Motor Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Drain Hose Installation
              • >> B << Sunroof Motor Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Roof Lid Glass Circuit Check
            • Sunroof Switch Continuity Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Shaft/Drive Cable Removal
              • << B >> Roof Window Deflector Panel Assembly Removal
              • << C >> Removal Of Deflector/Deflector Link
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Shaft Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Sealants
        • Component Identification
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
            • Charge Rate Chart
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Caution When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Ignition Key Reminder Torn Alarm Diagnosis
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are Not the Same or Not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine Cranks, but does not Start.
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Method
              • Notes
              • Points To Note During Operation
              • Key Id Register
              • Registration with scan tool
              • Registration of additional keys with scan tool
              • Registration of additional key(s) without using scan tool
            • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ignition Switch Less Continuity Check
          • Key Reminder Switch Check
          • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Combination Meters Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnosis Function
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Combination Meter does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicles Speed Sensor Check
            • Combination Meter Internal Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Bulb Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Air Outlet Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Side Step Light
        • General Description Concerning The Side Step Light
          • Side Step Light Timer Function
        • Side Step Light Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Side Step Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: One of the side step lights does not illuminate.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when the Door is Unlocked or Locked.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when Either Door is Opened or Closed.
          • Side Step Light-Ecu Inspection
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Bulb Replacement
            • < Side Step Light Bulb>
        • Side Step Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Column Switch (Switch Body) Check
      • Horn
        • Horn Diagnosis
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Accessory Socket Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player
        • General Description
          • Anti-theft system
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: No Sound from One Speaker. < vehicles with amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise is Present while Moving (AM).
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise is Present while Moving (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Excessive Noise on AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Noise is Detected with Engine Running.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Noise is Present While Moving (FM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Constant Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: No reception (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Distortion on AM and/or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Preset Stations are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: CD can not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: No Sound. (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: CD can not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker Test
        • Radio With Cd Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Motor Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna-Ecu Check
          • Glass Antenna Check
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Video Entertainment System (VES)
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Basic Operations
        • Video Entertainment System Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The rear display does not show any image at all.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The remote control does not function.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The image is unstable. The image color is abnormal.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Only the image (including sound), which are sent from auxiliary equipment, is not displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Only sound does not come out when a DVD is played.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At Main Unit Terminal Voltage
            • DVD Player
            • Rear Display
            • Video Controller Unit
        • Special Tool
        • DVD Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Video Controller Unit
          • Removal And Installation
        • Rear Display
          • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A>> Rear Display Bezel Removal
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Vehicles with manual A/C>
            • < Vehicles with auto A/C>
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch Check
            • Rear Window Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • RV Meter
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Introduction To RV Meter
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Start service function
            • Automatic check mode
            • Diagnosis mode
            • History mode
            • Monitor check mode
            • Display check mode
            • Geomagnetic sensor check mode
            • Release of service mode
          • Battery Disconnection
            • Notes
            • Checking connection of system
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The RV Meter does not Show Any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Low Battery Warning Screen is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Abnormal Drive Range is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The ambient air Temperature is not Displayed Normal.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Compass does not Indicate Normally.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Air-Conditioner Information is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At RV Meter Terminal
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
              • Confirmation of magnetization and demagnetization
              • Demagnetization and correction method
          • Multi Meter Assembly
            • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Theft Alarm
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check
            • Security Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System>
          • < Combination Meter>
          • < Headlight>
          • < Fog Light>
        • Sealant
          • < Combination Meter>
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Body
      • Hood
        • Hood Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Hood Diagnosis.
          • Hood Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Difficult Looking and Unlocking
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Uneven Body Clearance
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Uneven Height
              • Diagnosis
        • Hood
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check < Vehicles With Theft-Alarm System >
      • Fender
        • Removal And Installation
      • Fuel Filler Lid
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Rivet Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Rivet Installation
      • Window Glass
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Window Glass Installation
        • Window Glass Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Window Glass Diagnosis
          • Window Glass Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Water Leak through Windshield/Water Leak through Quarter Window Glass/Water Leak through Back Door Window Glass
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Windshield
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Windshield Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Glass Stopper/Windshield Spacer/Windshield Molding Installation
              • >> B << Windshield Installation
        • Quarter Window Glass
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Quarter Window Glass/Quarter Window Molding Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Quarter Window Molding/Quarter Window Glass Installation
        • Back Door Window Glass
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Back Door Window Glass Removal
            • >> A << Window Dam/Glass Stopper/Dual Lock Fastener/Back Door Window Glass Installation
      • Door
        • General Description
          • Operation
            • Central Door Locking System
            • Power Windows
        • Central Door Locking System Diagnosis
        • Power Window Diagnosis
        • Door Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Introduction To Glass And Door Diagnosis
          • Glass And Door Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Water Leak through Door Window Glass
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Door Window Malfunction
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Water Leak through Door Edge
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Water Leak from Door Center
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Door Hard to Open
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Door does not Open or Close Completely
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Uneven Gap between Body
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Wind Noise around Door
              • Diagnosis
        • How To Locate Wind Noises
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Door Fit Adjustment
          • Door Window Glass Adjustment
          • Door Inside Handle Play Check And Adjustment
          • Door Outside Handle Play Check
          • Circuit Breaker (Incorporated In The Power Window Motor) Inspection
        • Door Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Door Switch Continuity Check
        • Door Trim And Waterproof Film
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Clip And Claw Positions
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Power Window Switch Assembly Removal
              • << B >> Door Inside Handle Cover Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Waterproof Film Installation
          • Inspection
            • Power Window Switch Continuity Check
              • Power Window Main Switch Check
              • Power Window Sub Switch Check
        • Door Glass And Regulator
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Door Center Sash Removal
          • Inspection
            • Power Window Relay Continuity Check
            • Power Window Motor Check
        • Door Handle And Latch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Door Check Installation
              • >> B << Rear Lower Sash Installation
              • >> C << Door Inside Handle Installation
          • Inspection
            • Front Door Lock Actuator Check
              • Actuator Operation Check < Driver's side >
              • Actuator Operation Check < Passenger's side >
              • Actuator Switch Check < Driver's side >
              • Actuator Switch Check < Passenger's side >
            • Rear Door Lock Actuator Check
              • Actuator Operation Check < Driver's side >
              • Actuator Operation Check < Passenger's side >
            • Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Check
              • < Driver's side >
              • < Passenger's side >
            • Central Door Lock Switch Continuity Check
              • Notes
              • < Driver's side >
              • < Passenger's side >
        • Window Glass RUNCHANNEL And Door Opening Weatherstrip
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Door Outer Opening Weatherstrip Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Mounting Of Door Window Glass Channel
              • >> B << Mounting Of Door Inner Opening Weather Strip
      • Back Door Assembly
        • Back Door Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Back Door Diagnosis
          • Back Door Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Door Hard to Open
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Door does not Open or Close Completely
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Uneven Gap between Body
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Back Door Fit Adjustment
          • Back Door Handle Play Check
        • Back Door Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Back Door Opening Weatherstrip Installation
              • >> B << Striker Installation
          • Inspection
            • Back Door Switch Check
        • Back Door Trim And Waterproof Film
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Door Pull Handle Installation
          • Back Door Handle And Latch, Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Back Door Lock Actuator Check
            • Back Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch
      • Keyless Entry System
        • General Description
        • Keyless Entry System Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Replace The Transmitter Battery
          • Enabling/Disabling The ANSWERBACK Function
            • Notes
            • Enabling/Disabling The Hazard ANSWERBACK Function
              • Notes
              • < When the transmitter is used after connecting scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector or grounding data link connector terminal (1) >
              • < How to adjust hazard answerback when the transmitter is used to lock doors >
              • < How to adjust hazard answerback when the transmitter is used to unlock doors >
            • Enabling/Disabling The Horn ANSWERBACK Function
          • How To Register Secret Code
            • Notes
            • When special tool MB991529 is used
            • When special tool MB991824 (V.C.I.) is used
      • Sunroof Assembly
        • General Description
        • Sunroof Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Water Test
          • Sunroof Fit Adjustment
          • Operation Check
            • Notes
            • Basic operation
            • Jam preventing mechanism
            • Sunroof timer mechanism
        • Sunroof Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Drain Hose Removal
              • << B >> Sunroof Motor Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Drain Hose Installation
              • >> B << Sunroof Motor Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Roof Lid Glass Circuit Check
            • Sunroof Switch Continuity Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Shaft/Drive Cable Removal
              • << B >> Roof Window Deflector Panel Assembly Removal
              • << C >> Removal Of Deflector/Deflector Link
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Shaft Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Sealants
        • Component Identification
    • Exterior
      • Front Bumper Assembly
        • Special Tool
        • Front Bumper Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Radiator Grille Removal
          • Disassembly And Assembly
            • Notes
            • Disassembly Service Point
              • << A >> Front Bumper Reinforcement Removal
      • Rear Bumper Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Rear Mudguard Reinforcement, Rear Bumper Side Retainer Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Rear Mudguard Reinforcement, Rear Bumper Side Retainer
      • Roof Rail
        • Removal And Installation
      • Moldings
        • Special Tool
        • Moldings
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Adhesive Tape Position
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Front Door Molding, Front Wheel Cut Molding, Rear Wheel Cut Molding And Rear Door Molding Removal
              • << B >> Rivet A And Rivet B Removal
              • << C >> Roof Drip Molding Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • Notes
              • >> A << Front Door Molding, Front Wheel Cut Molding, Rear Wheel Cut Molding And Rear Door Molding Installation.
              • >> B << Rivet A Installation
              • >> C << Rivet B Installation
      • Garnishes
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Adhesive Tape Position
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Side Sill Garnish, License Plate Garnish, Back Door Left Garnish, Back Door Garnish Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Side Sill Garnish, License Plate Garnish, Back Door Left Garnish, Back Door Garnish Installation
      • Mud Guard
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Deflector
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Deflector
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Rear Deflector Cover Removal
      • Side Step
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Side Step Cover, Non-Slip Cover Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Side Step Cover, Non-Slip Cover Installation
        • Side Step Disassembly And Reassembly
      • Windshield Wiper And Washer
        • General Description
          • Windshield Wiper And Washer Operation
            • Windshield Low-Speed (And High-Speed) Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Mist Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Washer Operation
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Diagnosis
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Wiper Motor Assembly Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • Notes
              • > A << Wiper Arm And Blade Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Windshield Wiper Motor Check
              • Notes
              • Wiper Motor at Low-Speed and High-Speed Operation
              • Wiper Motor at Stop Position Operation
            • Windshield Washer Motor Check
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Check
            • Windshield Washer Nozzle Spray Position Check
            • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check
      • Rear Wiper And Washer
        • General Description
          • Rear Wiper And Washer Operation
            • Rear Wiper Operation
            • Rear Washer Operation
        • Rear Wiper And Washer Diagnosis
        • Rear Wiper And Washer
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Grommet Installation
              • >> B << Rear Wiper Arm And Blade Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Wiper Motor Check
              • Notes
              • Wiper Motor Operation
              • Wiper Motor at Stop Position Operation
            • Rear Washer Motor Check
            • Rear Washer Nozzle Spray Direction Check
            • Rear Wiper And Washer Switch Check
      • Mark
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Mark Installation
      • Outside Mirror
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Mirror Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Mirror Installation
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Mirror Assembly Check
          • Remote Controlled Mirror Switch Continuity Check
          • Heating Element Function Check
        • Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • Service Specifications
          • Sealants And Adhesives
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Exterior
      • Front Bumper Assembly
        • Special Tool
        • Front Bumper Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Radiator Grille Removal
          • Disassembly And Assembly
            • Notes
            • Disassembly Service Point
              • << A >> Front Bumper Reinforcement Removal
      • Rear Bumper Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Rear Mudguard Reinforcement, Rear Bumper Side Retainer Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Rear Mudguard Reinforcement, Rear Bumper Side Retainer
      • Roof Rail
        • Removal And Installation
      • Moldings
        • Special Tool
        • Moldings
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Adhesive Tape Position
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Front Door Molding, Front Wheel Cut Molding, Rear Wheel Cut Molding And Rear Door Molding Removal
              • << B >> Rivet A And Rivet B Removal
              • << C >> Roof Drip Molding Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • Notes
              • >> A << Front Door Molding, Front Wheel Cut Molding, Rear Wheel Cut Molding And Rear Door Molding Installation.
              • >> B << Rivet A Installation
              • >> C << Rivet B Installation
      • Garnishes
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Adhesive Tape Position
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Side Sill Garnish, License Plate Garnish, Back Door Left Garnish, Back Door Garnish Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Side Sill Garnish, License Plate Garnish, Back Door Left Garnish, Back Door Garnish Installation
      • Mud Guard
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Deflector
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Deflector
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Rear Deflector Cover Removal
      • Side Step
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Side Step Cover, Non-Slip Cover Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Side Step Cover, Non-Slip Cover Installation
        • Side Step Disassembly And Reassembly
      • Windshield Wiper And Washer
        • General Description
          • Windshield Wiper And Washer Operation
            • Windshield Low-Speed (And High-Speed) Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Mist Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Washer Operation
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Diagnosis
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Wiper Motor Assembly Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • Notes
              • > A << Wiper Arm And Blade Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Windshield Wiper Motor Check
              • Notes
              • Wiper Motor at Low-Speed and High-Speed Operation
              • Wiper Motor at Stop Position Operation
            • Windshield Washer Motor Check
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Check
            • Windshield Washer Nozzle Spray Position Check
            • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check
      • Rear Wiper And Washer
        • General Description
          • Rear Wiper And Washer Operation
            • Rear Wiper Operation
            • Rear Washer Operation
        • Rear Wiper And Washer Diagnosis
        • Rear Wiper And Washer
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Grommet Installation
              • >> B << Rear Wiper Arm And Blade Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Wiper Motor Check
              • Notes
              • Wiper Motor Operation
              • Wiper Motor at Stop Position Operation
            • Rear Washer Motor Check
            • Rear Washer Nozzle Spray Direction Check
            • Rear Wiper And Washer Switch Check
      • Mark
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Mark Installation
      • Outside Mirror
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Mirror Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Mirror Installation
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Mirror Assembly Check
          • Remote Controlled Mirror Switch Continuity Check
          • Heating Element Function Check
        • Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • Service Specifications
          • Sealants And Adhesives
    • Interior
      • Seat Belt Diagnosis
        • Seat Belt Warning System Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • Instrument Panel Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Positions
        • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Floor Console Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
      • Trims
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Positions
      • Headlining
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> SUNVISOR Holder Removal
      • Front Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Front Seat Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Continuity Test Of Heated Seat Switch
          • Seat Cushion Heater Check
          • Seatback Heater Check
          • Power seat manual switch continuity check
          • Operation check of power seat motor
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Positions
      • Rear Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Claw Positions
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < LH Side >
          • Claw Positions
          • < RH Side >
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Head Restraint Guide Removal
      • Third Seat Assembly
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Claw Positions
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Head Restraint Guide Removal
      • Front Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Seat Belt Buckle Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • Second Seat Belt And Third Seat Belt
          • Tether Anchor
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
            • Charge Rate Chart
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Caution When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Ignition Key Reminder Torn Alarm Diagnosis
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are Not the Same or Not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine Cranks, but does not Start.
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Method
              • Notes
              • Points To Note During Operation
              • Key Id Register
              • Registration with scan tool
              • Registration of additional keys with scan tool
              • Registration of additional key(s) without using scan tool
            • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ignition Switch Less Continuity Check
          • Key Reminder Switch Check
          • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Combination Meters Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnosis Function
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Combination Meter does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicles Speed Sensor Check
            • Combination Meter Internal Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Bulb Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Air Outlet Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Side Step Light
        • General Description Concerning The Side Step Light
          • Side Step Light Timer Function
        • Side Step Light Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Side Step Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: One of the side step lights does not illuminate.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when the Door is Unlocked or Locked.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when Either Door is Opened or Closed.
          • Side Step Light-Ecu Inspection
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Bulb Replacement
            • < Side Step Light Bulb>
        • Side Step Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Column Switch (Switch Body) Check
      • Horn
        • Horn Diagnosis
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Accessory Socket Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player
        • General Description
          • Anti-theft system
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: No Sound from One Speaker. < vehicles with amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise is Present while Moving (AM).
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise is Present while Moving (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Excessive Noise on AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Noise is Detected with Engine Running.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Noise is Present While Moving (FM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Constant Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: No reception (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Distortion on AM and/or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Preset Stations are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: CD can not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: No Sound. (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: CD can not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker Test
        • Radio With Cd Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Motor Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna-Ecu Check
          • Glass Antenna Check
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Video Entertainment System (VES)
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Basic Operations
        • Video Entertainment System Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The rear display does not show any image at all.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The remote control does not function.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The image is unstable. The image color is abnormal.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Only the image (including sound), which are sent from auxiliary equipment, is not displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Only sound does not come out when a DVD is played.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At Main Unit Terminal Voltage
            • DVD Player
            • Rear Display
            • Video Controller Unit
        • Special Tool
        • DVD Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Video Controller Unit
          • Removal And Installation
        • Rear Display
          • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A>> Rear Display Bezel Removal
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Vehicles with manual A/C>
            • < Vehicles with auto A/C>
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch Check
            • Rear Window Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • RV Meter
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Introduction To RV Meter
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Start service function
            • Automatic check mode
            • Diagnosis mode
            • History mode
            • Monitor check mode
            • Display check mode
            • Geomagnetic sensor check mode
            • Release of service mode
          • Battery Disconnection
            • Notes
            • Checking connection of system
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The RV Meter does not Show Any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Low Battery Warning Screen is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Abnormal Drive Range is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The ambient air Temperature is not Displayed Normal.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Compass does not Indicate Normally.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Air-Conditioner Information is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At RV Meter Terminal
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
              • Confirmation of magnetization and demagnetization
              • Demagnetization and correction method
          • Multi Meter Assembly
            • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Theft Alarm
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check
            • Security Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System>
          • < Combination Meter>
          • < Headlight>
          • < Fog Light>
        • Sealant
          • < Combination Meter>
  • Mirrors
    • Exterior
      • Front Bumper Assembly
        • Special Tool
        • Front Bumper Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Radiator Grille Removal
          • Disassembly And Assembly
            • Notes
            • Disassembly Service Point
              • << A >> Front Bumper Reinforcement Removal
      • Rear Bumper Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Rear Mudguard Reinforcement, Rear Bumper Side Retainer Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Rear Mudguard Reinforcement, Rear Bumper Side Retainer
      • Roof Rail
        • Removal And Installation
      • Moldings
        • Special Tool
        • Moldings
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Adhesive Tape Position
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Front Door Molding, Front Wheel Cut Molding, Rear Wheel Cut Molding And Rear Door Molding Removal
              • << B >> Rivet A And Rivet B Removal
              • << C >> Roof Drip Molding Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • Notes
              • >> A << Front Door Molding, Front Wheel Cut Molding, Rear Wheel Cut Molding And Rear Door Molding Installation.
              • >> B << Rivet A Installation
              • >> C << Rivet B Installation
      • Garnishes
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Adhesive Tape Position
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Side Sill Garnish, License Plate Garnish, Back Door Left Garnish, Back Door Garnish Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Side Sill Garnish, License Plate Garnish, Back Door Left Garnish, Back Door Garnish Installation
      • Mud Guard
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Deflector
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Deflector
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Rear Deflector Cover Removal
      • Side Step
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Side Step Cover, Non-Slip Cover Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Side Step Cover, Non-Slip Cover Installation
        • Side Step Disassembly And Reassembly
      • Windshield Wiper And Washer
        • General Description
          • Windshield Wiper And Washer Operation
            • Windshield Low-Speed (And High-Speed) Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Mist Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Washer Operation
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Diagnosis
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Wiper Motor Assembly Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • Notes
              • > A << Wiper Arm And Blade Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Windshield Wiper Motor Check
              • Notes
              • Wiper Motor at Low-Speed and High-Speed Operation
              • Wiper Motor at Stop Position Operation
            • Windshield Washer Motor Check
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Check
            • Windshield Washer Nozzle Spray Position Check
            • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check
      • Rear Wiper And Washer
        • General Description
          • Rear Wiper And Washer Operation
            • Rear Wiper Operation
            • Rear Washer Operation
        • Rear Wiper And Washer Diagnosis
        • Rear Wiper And Washer
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Grommet Installation
              • >> B << Rear Wiper Arm And Blade Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Wiper Motor Check
              • Notes
              • Wiper Motor Operation
              • Wiper Motor at Stop Position Operation
            • Rear Washer Motor Check
            • Rear Washer Nozzle Spray Direction Check
            • Rear Wiper And Washer Switch Check
      • Mark
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Mark Installation
      • Outside Mirror
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Mirror Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Mirror Installation
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Mirror Assembly Check
          • Remote Controlled Mirror Switch Continuity Check
          • Heating Element Function Check
        • Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • Service Specifications
          • Sealants And Adhesives
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Body
      • Hood
        • Hood Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Hood Diagnosis.
          • Hood Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Difficult Looking and Unlocking
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Uneven Body Clearance
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Uneven Height
              • Diagnosis
        • Hood
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check < Vehicles With Theft-Alarm System >
      • Fender
        • Removal And Installation
      • Fuel Filler Lid
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Rivet Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Rivet Installation
      • Window Glass
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Window Glass Installation
        • Window Glass Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Window Glass Diagnosis
          • Window Glass Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Water Leak through Windshield/Water Leak through Quarter Window Glass/Water Leak through Back Door Window Glass
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Windshield
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Windshield Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Glass Stopper/Windshield Spacer/Windshield Molding Installation
              • >> B << Windshield Installation
        • Quarter Window Glass
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Quarter Window Glass/Quarter Window Molding Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Quarter Window Molding/Quarter Window Glass Installation
        • Back Door Window Glass
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Back Door Window Glass Removal
            • >> A << Window Dam/Glass Stopper/Dual Lock Fastener/Back Door Window Glass Installation
      • Door
        • General Description
          • Operation
            • Central Door Locking System
            • Power Windows
        • Central Door Locking System Diagnosis
        • Power Window Diagnosis
        • Door Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Introduction To Glass And Door Diagnosis
          • Glass And Door Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Water Leak through Door Window Glass
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Door Window Malfunction
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Water Leak through Door Edge
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Water Leak from Door Center
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Door Hard to Open
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Door does not Open or Close Completely
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Uneven Gap between Body
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Wind Noise around Door
              • Diagnosis
        • How To Locate Wind Noises
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Door Fit Adjustment
          • Door Window Glass Adjustment
          • Door Inside Handle Play Check And Adjustment
          • Door Outside Handle Play Check
          • Circuit Breaker (Incorporated In The Power Window Motor) Inspection
        • Door Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Door Switch Continuity Check
        • Door Trim And Waterproof Film
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Clip And Claw Positions
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Power Window Switch Assembly Removal
              • << B >> Door Inside Handle Cover Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Waterproof Film Installation
          • Inspection
            • Power Window Switch Continuity Check
              • Power Window Main Switch Check
              • Power Window Sub Switch Check
        • Door Glass And Regulator
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Door Center Sash Removal
          • Inspection
            • Power Window Relay Continuity Check
            • Power Window Motor Check
        • Door Handle And Latch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Door Check Installation
              • >> B << Rear Lower Sash Installation
              • >> C << Door Inside Handle Installation
          • Inspection
            • Front Door Lock Actuator Check
              • Actuator Operation Check < Driver's side >
              • Actuator Operation Check < Passenger's side >
              • Actuator Switch Check < Driver's side >
              • Actuator Switch Check < Passenger's side >
            • Rear Door Lock Actuator Check
              • Actuator Operation Check < Driver's side >
              • Actuator Operation Check < Passenger's side >
            • Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Check
              • < Driver's side >
              • < Passenger's side >
            • Central Door Lock Switch Continuity Check
              • Notes
              • < Driver's side >
              • < Passenger's side >
        • Window Glass RUNCHANNEL And Door Opening Weatherstrip
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Door Outer Opening Weatherstrip Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Mounting Of Door Window Glass Channel
              • >> B << Mounting Of Door Inner Opening Weather Strip
      • Back Door Assembly
        • Back Door Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Back Door Diagnosis
          • Back Door Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Door Hard to Open
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Door does not Open or Close Completely
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Uneven Gap between Body
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Back Door Fit Adjustment
          • Back Door Handle Play Check
        • Back Door Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Back Door Opening Weatherstrip Installation
              • >> B << Striker Installation
          • Inspection
            • Back Door Switch Check
        • Back Door Trim And Waterproof Film
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Door Pull Handle Installation
          • Back Door Handle And Latch, Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Back Door Lock Actuator Check
            • Back Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch
      • Keyless Entry System
        • General Description
        • Keyless Entry System Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Replace The Transmitter Battery
          • Enabling/Disabling The ANSWERBACK Function
            • Notes
            • Enabling/Disabling The Hazard ANSWERBACK Function
              • Notes
              • < When the transmitter is used after connecting scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector or grounding data link connector terminal (1) >
              • < How to adjust hazard answerback when the transmitter is used to lock doors >
              • < How to adjust hazard answerback when the transmitter is used to unlock doors >
            • Enabling/Disabling The Horn ANSWERBACK Function
          • How To Register Secret Code
            • Notes
            • When special tool MB991529 is used
            • When special tool MB991824 (V.C.I.) is used
      • Sunroof Assembly
        • General Description
        • Sunroof Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Water Test
          • Sunroof Fit Adjustment
          • Operation Check
            • Notes
            • Basic operation
            • Jam preventing mechanism
            • Sunroof timer mechanism
        • Sunroof Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Drain Hose Removal
              • << B >> Sunroof Motor Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Drain Hose Installation
              • >> B << Sunroof Motor Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Roof Lid Glass Circuit Check
            • Sunroof Switch Continuity Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Shaft/Drive Cable Removal
              • << B >> Roof Window Deflector Panel Assembly Removal
              • << C >> Removal Of Deflector/Deflector Link
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Shaft Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Sealants
        • Component Identification
  • Windows
    • Body
      • Hood
        • Hood Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Hood Diagnosis.
          • Hood Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Difficult Looking and Unlocking
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Uneven Body Clearance
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Uneven Height
              • Diagnosis
        • Hood
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check < Vehicles With Theft-Alarm System >
      • Fender
        • Removal And Installation
      • Fuel Filler Lid
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Rivet Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Rivet Installation
      • Window Glass
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Window Glass Installation
        • Window Glass Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Window Glass Diagnosis
          • Window Glass Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Water Leak through Windshield/Water Leak through Quarter Window Glass/Water Leak through Back Door Window Glass
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Windshield
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Windshield Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Glass Stopper/Windshield Spacer/Windshield Molding Installation
              • >> B << Windshield Installation
        • Quarter Window Glass
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Quarter Window Glass/Quarter Window Molding Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Quarter Window Molding/Quarter Window Glass Installation
        • Back Door Window Glass
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Back Door Window Glass Removal
            • >> A << Window Dam/Glass Stopper/Dual Lock Fastener/Back Door Window Glass Installation
      • Door
        • General Description
          • Operation
            • Central Door Locking System
            • Power Windows
        • Central Door Locking System Diagnosis
        • Power Window Diagnosis
        • Door Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Introduction To Glass And Door Diagnosis
          • Glass And Door Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Water Leak through Door Window Glass
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Door Window Malfunction
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Water Leak through Door Edge
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Water Leak from Door Center
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Door Hard to Open
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Door does not Open or Close Completely
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Uneven Gap between Body
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Wind Noise around Door
              • Diagnosis
        • How To Locate Wind Noises
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Door Fit Adjustment
          • Door Window Glass Adjustment
          • Door Inside Handle Play Check And Adjustment
          • Door Outside Handle Play Check
          • Circuit Breaker (Incorporated In The Power Window Motor) Inspection
        • Door Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Door Switch Continuity Check
        • Door Trim And Waterproof Film
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Clip And Claw Positions
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Power Window Switch Assembly Removal
              • << B >> Door Inside Handle Cover Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Waterproof Film Installation
          • Inspection
            • Power Window Switch Continuity Check
              • Power Window Main Switch Check
              • Power Window Sub Switch Check
        • Door Glass And Regulator
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Door Center Sash Removal
          • Inspection
            • Power Window Relay Continuity Check
            • Power Window Motor Check
        • Door Handle And Latch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Door Check Installation
              • >> B << Rear Lower Sash Installation
              • >> C << Door Inside Handle Installation
          • Inspection
            • Front Door Lock Actuator Check
              • Actuator Operation Check < Driver's side >
              • Actuator Operation Check < Passenger's side >
              • Actuator Switch Check < Driver's side >
              • Actuator Switch Check < Passenger's side >
            • Rear Door Lock Actuator Check
              • Actuator Operation Check < Driver's side >
              • Actuator Operation Check < Passenger's side >
            • Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Check
              • < Driver's side >
              • < Passenger's side >
            • Central Door Lock Switch Continuity Check
              • Notes
              • < Driver's side >
              • < Passenger's side >
        • Window Glass RUNCHANNEL And Door Opening Weatherstrip
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Door Outer Opening Weatherstrip Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Mounting Of Door Window Glass Channel
              • >> B << Mounting Of Door Inner Opening Weather Strip
      • Back Door Assembly
        • Back Door Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Back Door Diagnosis
          • Back Door Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Door Hard to Open
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Door does not Open or Close Completely
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Uneven Gap between Body
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Back Door Fit Adjustment
          • Back Door Handle Play Check
        • Back Door Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Back Door Opening Weatherstrip Installation
              • >> B << Striker Installation
          • Inspection
            • Back Door Switch Check
        • Back Door Trim And Waterproof Film
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Door Pull Handle Installation
          • Back Door Handle And Latch, Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Back Door Lock Actuator Check
            • Back Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch
      • Keyless Entry System
        • General Description
        • Keyless Entry System Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Replace The Transmitter Battery
          • Enabling/Disabling The ANSWERBACK Function
            • Notes
            • Enabling/Disabling The Hazard ANSWERBACK Function
              • Notes
              • < When the transmitter is used after connecting scan tool MB991502 to the data link connector or grounding data link connector terminal (1) >
              • < How to adjust hazard answerback when the transmitter is used to lock doors >
              • < How to adjust hazard answerback when the transmitter is used to unlock doors >
            • Enabling/Disabling The Horn ANSWERBACK Function
          • How To Register Secret Code
            • Notes
            • When special tool MB991529 is used
            • When special tool MB991824 (V.C.I.) is used
      • Sunroof Assembly
        • General Description
        • Sunroof Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Water Test
          • Sunroof Fit Adjustment
          • Operation Check
            • Notes
            • Basic operation
            • Jam preventing mechanism
            • Sunroof timer mechanism
        • Sunroof Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Drain Hose Removal
              • << B >> Sunroof Motor Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Drain Hose Installation
              • >> B << Sunroof Motor Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Roof Lid Glass Circuit Check
            • Sunroof Switch Continuity Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Shaft/Drive Cable Removal
              • << B >> Roof Window Deflector Panel Assembly Removal
              • << C >> Removal Of Deflector/Deflector Link
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Shaft Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Sealants
        • Component Identification
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Abs (Anti-Lock Brake System)
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
          • Notes
          • System Check Sound
          • ABS Operation Sounds and Sensations
          • Long Stopping Distances on Loose Road Surfaces
          • Shock at starting check
      • Anti-Lock Braking System (Abs) Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Anti-Lock Braking System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • ABS Diagnostic Trouble Code Detection Conditions
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Trouble Code Diagnosis
          • Retrieving Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes?
          • Erasing Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 11, 12, 13, 14: ABS Sensor (Open/Short Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 21, 22, 23, 24: ABS Sensor
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 25: The Difference Diameter Tire
            • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 31: Ignition switch (IG2) (Open Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 33: Stoplight Switch System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46: Control Solenoid Valve & Select Solenoid Valve
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 51: Valve Relay System (Short Circuit or ON Failure)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 52: Valve Relay System (Open Circuit or OFF Failure)
            • Valve Relay Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 61: Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool is not Possible. (Communication with ABS Only is not Possible.)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When the Ignition Switch is Turned the "ON" Position (Engine Stopped or after Start-up), the ABS Warning Light does not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The ABS Warning Light Remains Illuminated after the Engine is Started.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: When Ignition Switch is Turned to the "START" Position, the ABS Warning Light does not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The ABS Warning Light Flashes Twice after the Ignition Switch is Turned to the "On" Position. The Light Illuminates When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the "Start" Position, and When the Ignition Switch is Returned to the "On" Position, it Flashes Once.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Faulty ABS Operation.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference
          • Notes
          • Actuator Test Specifications
        • Check At M-ASTC-Ecu
          • Terminal Voltage Check Chart
          • Resistance And Continuity Between Harness-Side Connector Terminals
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Abs Sensor Output Voltage Check
          • Notes
          • Points In Waveform Measurement
        • Abs Valve Relay Check
        • Hydraulic Brake Booster (HBB) Hydraulic Unit Check
        • Solenoid Valve Check
        • In The Event Of A Discharged Battery
      • Abs Control Unit
        • Removal And Installation
      • Wheel Speed Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Front Abs Sensor Removal
            • << B >> Rear Abs Sensor Removal
        • Inspection
          • Abs Sensor Check
          • Toothed Abs Rotor Check
      • G-Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
    • Active Skid & Traction Controls
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
          • Notes
          • System Check Sound
          • Active Skid Control System Operation Sounds and Sensations
      • M-ASTC Diagnosis
        • Introduction To MITSUBISHI Active Skid And Traction Control System Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Trouble Code Diagnosis
          • Retrieving M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Erasing M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 17: Defective active skid control switch
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 34: Defective CAN bus line
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 35, 37, 78: Defective power control module
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 36, 38: Communication error in power control module
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 47, 48: Defective Cut Valve & Defective Pressure-increase Valve
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these Diagnostic Trouble Codes to set are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 63, 64, 65, 71, 72, 73, 76, 77: Trouble in G and yaw rate sensor system
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 66, 68, 83: Trouble in steering wheel sensor system
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 67: Communication error in steering wheel sensor
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 74: Communication error in G and yaw rate sensor
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 75: Defective transfer switch
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 81, 82: G sensor not initialized & Yaw rate sensor not initialized
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 83: Steering wheel sensor not initialized
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 84: Transfer switch not initialized
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 85: Master cylinder pressure sensor not initialized
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
        • Can Bus Line Diagnostics
          • Precautions on how to repair the CAN communication lines
            • Precautions on how to repair the CAN bus lines
            • Precautions on how to repair the terminator resistor
          • Diagnostic Item 1: CAN main bus line diagnostics
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Item 2: Diagnose the CAN_L side bus line.
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Item 3: Diagnose the CAN_H side bus line.
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Item 4: Diagnose the terminator resistor and the CAN main bus line
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Item 5: CAN bus line diagnostics (between the main bus line and the power control module)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Item 6: CAN bus line diagnostics (between the main bus line and the steering wheel sensor)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Item 7: CAN bus line diagnostics (between the main bus line and the G and yaw rate sensor)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When the ignition switch is turned "ON" (Engine stopped or after startup), the Active skid control system operation indicator light/Active traction control system operation indicator light does not illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When the ignition switch is turned "ON" (Engine stopped or after startup), the Active skid control system OFF indicator light does not illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Active skid control system operation indicator light/Active traction control system operation indicator light remains illuminated after the engine is started.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Active skid control system OFF indicator light remains illuminated after the engine is started.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this condition:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference
        • Check At M-ASTC-Ecu
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Abs Sensor Output Voltage Check
        • Solenoid Valve Check
        • In The Event Of A Discharged Battery
      • M-ASTC Control Unit (M-ASTC-Ecu)
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << M-ASTC-Ecu Initialization
            • >> B << Cancelling The HBB Buzzer Operation Check Mode (When Replacing The ASTC-Ecu)
      • Abs Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
      • G And Yaw Rate Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << G And Yaw Rate Sensor Initialization
      • Steering Wheel Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Steering Wheel Sensor Initialization
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Basic Brake System
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Features
          • Improved Braking Performance
          • Improved Stability
          • Improved Serviceability
        • Configuration Diagram
        • Hydraulic Brake Booster (HBB)
        • Hydraulic Brake Booster (HBB) Operation
          • Notes
          • < When booster is not operating >
          • < When booster is operating >
          • < When a loss of accumulator pressure occurs >
      • Basic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Introduction
        • Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Vehicle Pulls to One Side when Brakes are Applied
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Insufficient Braking Power
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Increased Pedal Stroke (Reduced Pedal-to-floor Board Clearance)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Brake Drag
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Scraping or Grinding Noise when Brakes are Applied
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Squealing, Groaning or Chattering Noise when Brakes are Applied
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Squealing Noise when Brakes are not Applied
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Groaning, Clicking or Rattling Noise when Brakes are not Applied.
            • Diagnosis
      • Hydraulic Brake Booster (HBB) Diagnosis
        • Introduction
          • Notes
          • HBB Diagnostic Trouble Code Detection Conditions
        • Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Brake Warning Light Check
        • Trouble Code Diagnosis
          • Retrieving HBB Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Erasing HBB Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • HBB Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 16: Battery Positive Voltage (M-ASTC-ECU Power Supply Voltage is Extremely Low or High)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • HBB DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 31: Ignition Switch B Circuit (Open Circuit at the HBB Power Supply Sub Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • HBB DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 53: Pump Motor (Seizure of the Pump Motor or Abnormality at the Current Detecting Circuit of the M-ASTC-ECU)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • HBB DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 54: Motor Relay (Open Circuit, Short Circuit or Failure of the Motor Relay Coil)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • HBB DTC Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 55: Pump Motor Circuit (Pump Motor Energized Abnormally for Long Period)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • HBB DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 56: Pressure Switch (Open or Short Circuit at the Pressure Switch)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • HBB DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 57: Accumulator (Accumulator Low-Pressure Abnormality)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • HBB DTC Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Chart
        • HBB Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Brake Warning Light does not Illuminate when the Ignition Switch is Turned to the "ON" Position just after the Engine Start.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Brake Warning Light Remains Illuminated after the Engine is Started.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: DTC 53 < Seizure of the Pump Motor >, DTC55 or DTC57 is set, but the Buzzer does not Sound.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Buzzer does not Stop Sounding.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference Table
        • Check At M-ASTC-Ecu
          • Terminal Voltage Check Chart
          • Resistance and Continuity between Harness Connector Terminals
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Brake Pedal Check And Adjustment
          • Brake Pedal Height
          • Brake Pedal Free Play
          • Clearance between Brake Pedal and Floorboard
        • Stoplight Switch Check
        • HBB Operating Check
          • Notes
          • Function and Operation Check of Power Supply System
          • HBB Simple Check
          • Check Using Simple Tester
          • Brake Warning Light and Buzzer Operation Check
        • HBB Check
          • Continuity and Resistance Test of Pump Motor
          • Pressure Switch (for Pump Control) Check
          • Pressure Switch (for Low-Pressure Warning) Check
        • HBB Motor Relay Check
          • Motor Relay A, B
        • Brake Fluid Level Inspection And Bleeding
          • Notes
          • HBB System Bleeding
          • Normal Brake System Air Bleeding
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Check
        • Disc Brake Pad Check And Replacement
        • Disc Brake Rotor Check
        • Brake Disc Thickness Check
        • Brake Disc Run-Out Check And Correction
      • Brake Pedal
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Brake Pedal And Pedal Support Member Assembly Installation
      • Hydraulic Brake Booster (HBB)
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> HBB Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << HBB Installation
        • Accumulator Replacement
        • Accumulator Disposal
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Accumulator Removal
            • << B >> Securing The HBB
            • << C >> Snap Ring/Power Piston Assembly/Master Cylinder Piston Assembly Removal
      • Buzzer
        • Removal And Installation
        • Buzzer Check
      • Front Disc Brake Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Disc Brake Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Brake Disc Check
          • Notes
          • Pad Wear Check
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • Notes
            • << A >> Piston Boot/Piston Removal
            • << B >> Piston Seal Removal
      • Rear Disc Brake Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Disc Brake Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Brake Disc Check
          • Notes
          • Pad Wear Check
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • Notes
            • << A >> Piston Boot/Piston Removal
            • << B >> Piston Seal Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Lock Pin/Guide Pin Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
  • Parking Brake System
    • Parking Brakes
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Parking Brake Diagnosis
        • Introduction
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Parking Brake does not Fully Release
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Parking Brake does not Hold
            • Diagnosis
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Parking Brake Lever Stroke Check And Adjustment
        • Parking Brake Switch Check
        • Parking Brake Lining Seating Procedure
      • Parking Brake Lever
        • Removal And Installation
      • Parking Brake Cable
        • Removal And Installation
      • Parking Brake Lining And Drum
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Rear Brake Caliper Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Adjuster Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Shoe-To-Anchor Spring Installation
        • Inspection
          • Parking Brake Lining And Brake Drum Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricant
        • Sealant
  • Traction Control
    • Abs (Anti-Lock Brake System)
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
          • Notes
          • System Check Sound
          • ABS Operation Sounds and Sensations
          • Long Stopping Distances on Loose Road Surfaces
          • Shock at starting check
      • Anti-Lock Braking System (Abs) Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Anti-Lock Braking System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • ABS Diagnostic Trouble Code Detection Conditions
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Trouble Code Diagnosis
          • Retrieving Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes?
          • Erasing Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 11, 12, 13, 14: ABS Sensor (Open/Short Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 21, 22, 23, 24: ABS Sensor
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 25: The Difference Diameter Tire
            • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 31: Ignition switch (IG2) (Open Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 33: Stoplight Switch System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46: Control Solenoid Valve & Select Solenoid Valve
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 51: Valve Relay System (Short Circuit or ON Failure)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 52: Valve Relay System (Open Circuit or OFF Failure)
            • Valve Relay Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 61: Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Abs Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool is not Possible. (Communication with ABS Only is not Possible.)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When the Ignition Switch is Turned the "ON" Position (Engine Stopped or after Start-up), the ABS Warning Light does not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The ABS Warning Light Remains Illuminated after the Engine is Started.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: When Ignition Switch is Turned to the "START" Position, the ABS Warning Light does not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The ABS Warning Light Flashes Twice after the Ignition Switch is Turned to the "On" Position. The Light Illuminates When the Ignition Switch is Turned to the "Start" Position, and When the Ignition Switch is Returned to the "On" Position, it Flashes Once.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Faulty ABS Operation.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference
          • Notes
          • Actuator Test Specifications
        • Check At M-ASTC-Ecu
          • Terminal Voltage Check Chart
          • Resistance And Continuity Between Harness-Side Connector Terminals
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Abs Sensor Output Voltage Check
          • Notes
          • Points In Waveform Measurement
        • Abs Valve Relay Check
        • Hydraulic Brake Booster (HBB) Hydraulic Unit Check
        • Solenoid Valve Check
        • In The Event Of A Discharged Battery
      • Abs Control Unit
        • Removal And Installation
      • Wheel Speed Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Front Abs Sensor Removal
            • << B >> Rear Abs Sensor Removal
        • Inspection
          • Abs Sensor Check
          • Toothed Abs Rotor Check
      • G-Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
    • Active Skid & Traction Controls
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
          • Notes
          • System Check Sound
          • Active Skid Control System Operation Sounds and Sensations
      • M-ASTC Diagnosis
        • Introduction To MITSUBISHI Active Skid And Traction Control System Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Trouble Code Diagnosis
          • Retrieving M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Erasing M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 17: Defective active skid control switch
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 34: Defective CAN bus line
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 35, 37, 78: Defective power control module
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 36, 38: Communication error in power control module
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 47, 48: Defective Cut Valve & Defective Pressure-increase Valve
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these Diagnostic Trouble Codes to set are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 63, 64, 65, 71, 72, 73, 76, 77: Trouble in G and yaw rate sensor system
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 66, 68, 83: Trouble in steering wheel sensor system
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 67: Communication error in steering wheel sensor
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 74: Communication error in G and yaw rate sensor
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 75: Defective transfer switch
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 81, 82: G sensor not initialized & Yaw rate sensor not initialized
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 83: Steering wheel sensor not initialized
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 84: Transfer switch not initialized
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 85: Master cylinder pressure sensor not initialized
            • Circuit Operation
            • M-ASTC Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints
        • Can Bus Line Diagnostics
          • Precautions on how to repair the CAN communication lines
            • Precautions on how to repair the CAN bus lines
            • Precautions on how to repair the terminator resistor
          • Diagnostic Item 1: CAN main bus line diagnostics
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Item 2: Diagnose the CAN_L side bus line.
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Item 3: Diagnose the CAN_H side bus line.
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Item 4: Diagnose the terminator resistor and the CAN main bus line
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Item 5: CAN bus line diagnostics (between the main bus line and the power control module)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Item 6: CAN bus line diagnostics (between the main bus line and the steering wheel sensor)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Item 7: CAN bus line diagnostics (between the main bus line and the G and yaw rate sensor)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When the ignition switch is turned "ON" (Engine stopped or after startup), the Active skid control system operation indicator light/Active traction control system operation indicator light does not illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When the ignition switch is turned "ON" (Engine stopped or after startup), the Active skid control system OFF indicator light does not illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Active skid control system operation indicator light/Active traction control system operation indicator light remains illuminated after the engine is started.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Active skid control system OFF indicator light remains illuminated after the engine is started.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this condition:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference
        • Check At M-ASTC-Ecu
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Abs Sensor Output Voltage Check
        • Solenoid Valve Check
        • In The Event Of A Discharged Battery
      • M-ASTC Control Unit (M-ASTC-Ecu)
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << M-ASTC-Ecu Initialization
            • >> B << Cancelling The HBB Buzzer Operation Check Mode (When Replacing The ASTC-Ecu)
      • Abs Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
      • G And Yaw Rate Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << G And Yaw Rate Sensor Initialization
      • Steering Wheel Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Steering Wheel Sensor Initialization
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Front Axle
      • General Description
      • Front Axle Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Front Axle Diagnosis
        • Front Axle Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Does not Lock
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2:Locks but does not Become Free
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Noise during Wheel Rotation
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4:Noise Due to Excessive Wheel Play in Turning Direction
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Constant Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Gear Noise while Driving
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Gear Noise while Coasting
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Bearing Noise while Driving or Coasting
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise while Turning
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Heat
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Oil Leakage
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Wheel Bearing Play Check
        • Front Axle Total Backlash Check
        • Front Axle Gear Oil Level Check
        • Gear Oil Replacement
        • Differential Carrier Oil Seal Replacement
        • Solenoid Valve Operation Check
      • Hub And Knuckle Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Castle Nut Removal
            • << B >> Tie Rod End/Upper Arm/Lower Arm Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Upper Arm, Hub And Knuckle Assembly Connection
            • >> B << Tie Rod End, Hub And Knuckle Assembly Connection
            • >> C << Washer/Castle Nut Installation
        • Inspection
          • Inspection Of Hub Rotation Starting Torque
          • Wheel Bearing Backlash Check
        • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Drive Shaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Castle Nut Removal
            • << B >> Drive Shaft Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Drive Shaft Installation
            • >> B << Washer/Castle Nut Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> DOJ Boot Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << DOJ Boot Installation
            • >> B << DOJ Boot Band Installation
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • UJ Boot (Resin Boot) Replacement
      • Inner Shaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Inner Shaft Removal
            • << B >> Loosening Differential Mounting Insulator Bolt
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Differential Mounting Insulator Bolt Tightening
            • >> B << Inner Shaft Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Bearing Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Dust Seal Installation
            • >> B << Dust Cover Installation
            • >> C << Bearing Installation
      • Differential Carrier And Free Wheeling Clutch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Front Propeller Shaft Removal
            • << B >> Pin Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Differential Mounting Bracket Assembly
            • >> B << Front Propeller Shaft Installation
        • Inspection
          • Freewheel Engage Switch Check
        • Free Wheeling Clutch Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Main Shaft Assembly/Bearing Removal
            • << B >> Clutch Gear/Bearing Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Bearing/Clutch Gear Installation
            • >> C << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> D << Spring Pin Installation
            • >> E << Spacer Installation
            • >> F << Bearing Installation
        • Differential Carrier Disassembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Inspection Before Disassembly
          • Drive Gear Backlash
          • Drive Gear RUNOUT
          • Differential Gear Backlash
          • Drive Gear Tooth Contact
            • Notes
            • << B >> Differential Case Assembly Removal
            • << C >> Side Bearing Inner Race Removal
            • << D >> Drive Gear Removal
            • << E >> Self-Locking Nut Removal
            • << F >> Drive Pinion Assembly Removal
            • << G >> Drive Pinion Front Bearing Inner Race Removal
            • << H >> Oil Seal/Drive Pinion Rear Bearing Inner Race/Drive Pinion Rear Outer Race Removal
            • << I >> Drive Pinion Front Bearing Outer Race Removal
            • << J >> Lock Pin Removal
        • Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication, Sealing And Adhesive Points
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Drive Pinion Front Bearing Outer Race Installation
            • >> C << Drive Pinion Rear Bearing Outer Race Installation
            • >> D << Pinion Height Adjustment
            • >> E << Drive Pinion Turning Torque Adjustment
            • >> F << Differential Gear Backlash Adjustment
            • >> G << Lock Pin Installation
            • >> H << Drive Gear Installation
            • >> I << Side Bearing Inner Race Installation
            • >> J << Drive Gear Backlash Adjustment
      • Solenoid Valve And Vacuum Hose
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Pin Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Vacuum Hose Installation
            • >> B << Check Valve Installation
      • Front Differential Mount
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Differential Mount Bracket Assembly Installation
        • Differential Mounting Insulator Replacement
          • Differential Mounting Bracket < LH, RH-Front, Rear >
          • Differential Mounting Bracket < RH-Rear >
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
        • Sealants And Adhesives
    • Rear Axle
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Special Tools
      • Rear Axle Diagnosis
        • Introduction
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Noise while Wheels are Rotating < DRIVE SHAFT >
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Grease Leakage < DRIVE SHAFT >
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Constant Noise < DIFFERENTIAL >
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Gear Noise while Driving < DIFFERENTIAL >
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Gear Noise while Coastinq < DIFFERENTIAL >
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Bearing Noise while Driving or Coasting < DIFFERENTIAL >
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Noise while Turning < DIFFERENTIAL >
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Heat < DIFFERENTIAL >
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Oil Leakage < DIFFERENTIAL >
            • Diagnosis
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Rear Axle Total Backlash Check
        • Gear Oil Level Check
        • Gear Oil Replacement
        • Wheel Bearing End Play Check
      • Rear Axle Hub Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Drive Shaft Nut Removal
            • << B >> Disc Brake Assembly Removal
            • << C >> Lower Arm And Knuckle Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Lower Arm And Knuckle Connection
            • >> B << Drive Shaft Nut Installation
        • Inspection
          • Wheel Bearing Rotation Starting Torque Check
          • Wheel Bearing End Play Check
      • Knuckle
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Knuckle And Toe-Control Arm/Upper Arm Disconnection
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Upper Arm Connection
      • Drive Shaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Drive Shaft Nut Removal
            • << B >> Knuckle And Lower Arm Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Knuckle And Lower Arm Connection
            • >> B << Drive Shaft Nut Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Balls Removal
            • << B >> DOJ Cage Removal
            • << C >> DOJ Boot/BJ Boot Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << BJ Boot/DOJ Boot Installation
            • >> B << DOJ Cage/DOJ Inner Race Installation
            • >> C << DOJ Outer Race Installation
            • >> D << DOJ Boot Band (Small)/DOJ Boot Band (Large) Installation
      • Differential Carrier Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Knuckle And Lower Arm Disconnection
            • << B >> Differential Carrier Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Knuckle And Lower Arm Connection
          • Rear Suspension CROSSMEMBER Bushing (For Rear Differential Mount) Replacement
        • Disassembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Inspection Before Disassembly
            • << B >> Differential Case Assembly/Differential Side Shim/Side Bearing Outer Race Removal
            • << C >> Side Bearing Inner Race Removal
            • << D >> Drive Gear Removal
            • << E >> Lock Pin Removal
            • << F >> Self-Locking Nut Removal
            • << G >> Drive Pinion Assembly/Companion Flange Removal
            • << H >> Drive Pinion Rear Bearing Inner Race Removal
            • << I >> Oil Seal/Drive Pinion Front Bearing Inner Race/Drive Pinion Front Bearing Outer Race Removal
            • << J >> Drive Pinion Rear Bearing Outer Race Removal
        • Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication And Adhesive Points
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Press-Fitting
            • >> B << Drive Pinion Rear Bearing Outer Race Press-Fitting
            • >> C << Drive Pinion Front Bearing Outer Race Press-Fitting
            • >> D << Drive Pinion Height Adjustment
            • >> E << Drive Pinion Turning Torque Adjustment/Oil Seal Installation
            • >> F << Differential Gear Backlash Adjustment
            • >> G << Lock Pin Installation
            • >> H << Drive Gear Installation
            • >> I << Side Bearing Inner Race Installation
            • >> J << Bearing Cap Installation/Final Drive Gear Backlash Adjustment
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
        • Sealant And Adhesive
        • Component Identification
          • Drive Pinion Spacer
  • Differentials & Drive Axles
    • Front Axle
      • General Description
      • Front Axle Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Front Axle Diagnosis
        • Front Axle Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Does not Lock
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2:Locks but does not Become Free
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Noise during Wheel Rotation
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4:Noise Due to Excessive Wheel Play in Turning Direction
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Constant Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Gear Noise while Driving
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Gear Noise while Coasting
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Bearing Noise while Driving or Coasting
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise while Turning
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Heat
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Oil Leakage
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Wheel Bearing Play Check
        • Front Axle Total Backlash Check
        • Front Axle Gear Oil Level Check
        • Gear Oil Replacement
        • Differential Carrier Oil Seal Replacement
        • Solenoid Valve Operation Check
      • Hub And Knuckle Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Castle Nut Removal
            • << B >> Tie Rod End/Upper Arm/Lower Arm Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Upper Arm, Hub And Knuckle Assembly Connection
            • >> B << Tie Rod End, Hub And Knuckle Assembly Connection
            • >> C << Washer/Castle Nut Installation
        • Inspection
          • Inspection Of Hub Rotation Starting Torque
          • Wheel Bearing Backlash Check
        • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Drive Shaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Castle Nut Removal
            • << B >> Drive Shaft Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Drive Shaft Installation
            • >> B << Washer/Castle Nut Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> DOJ Boot Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << DOJ Boot Installation
            • >> B << DOJ Boot Band Installation
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • UJ Boot (Resin Boot) Replacement
      • Inner Shaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Inner Shaft Removal
            • << B >> Loosening Differential Mounting Insulator Bolt
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Differential Mounting Insulator Bolt Tightening
            • >> B << Inner Shaft Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Bearing Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Dust Seal Installation
            • >> B << Dust Cover Installation
            • >> C << Bearing Installation
      • Differential Carrier And Free Wheeling Clutch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Front Propeller Shaft Removal
            • << B >> Pin Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Differential Mounting Bracket Assembly
            • >> B << Front Propeller Shaft Installation
        • Inspection
          • Freewheel Engage Switch Check
        • Free Wheeling Clutch Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Main Shaft Assembly/Bearing Removal
            • << B >> Clutch Gear/Bearing Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Bearing/Clutch Gear Installation
            • >> C << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> D << Spring Pin Installation
            • >> E << Spacer Installation
            • >> F << Bearing Installation
        • Differential Carrier Disassembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Inspection Before Disassembly
          • Drive Gear Backlash
          • Drive Gear RUNOUT
          • Differential Gear Backlash
          • Drive Gear Tooth Contact
            • Notes
            • << B >> Differential Case Assembly Removal
            • << C >> Side Bearing Inner Race Removal
            • << D >> Drive Gear Removal
            • << E >> Self-Locking Nut Removal
            • << F >> Drive Pinion Assembly Removal
            • << G >> Drive Pinion Front Bearing Inner Race Removal
            • << H >> Oil Seal/Drive Pinion Rear Bearing Inner Race/Drive Pinion Rear Outer Race Removal
            • << I >> Drive Pinion Front Bearing Outer Race Removal
            • << J >> Lock Pin Removal
        • Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication, Sealing And Adhesive Points
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Drive Pinion Front Bearing Outer Race Installation
            • >> C << Drive Pinion Rear Bearing Outer Race Installation
            • >> D << Pinion Height Adjustment
            • >> E << Drive Pinion Turning Torque Adjustment
            • >> F << Differential Gear Backlash Adjustment
            • >> G << Lock Pin Installation
            • >> H << Drive Gear Installation
            • >> I << Side Bearing Inner Race Installation
            • >> J << Drive Gear Backlash Adjustment
      • Solenoid Valve And Vacuum Hose
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Pin Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Vacuum Hose Installation
            • >> B << Check Valve Installation
      • Front Differential Mount
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Differential Mount Bracket Assembly Installation
        • Differential Mounting Insulator Replacement
          • Differential Mounting Bracket < LH, RH-Front, Rear >
          • Differential Mounting Bracket < RH-Rear >
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
        • Sealants And Adhesives
  • Driveshaft & Universal Joints
    • Propeller Shaft
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Propeller Shaft Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Propeller Shaft Diagnosis
        • Propeller Shaft Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Noise at Start
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Noise and Vibration at High Speed
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tool
      • Propeller Shaft
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Front Propeller Shaft Assembly Removal
            • << B >> Rear Propeller Shaft Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Rear Propeller Shaft Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Front Propeller Shaft Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Front Propeller Shaft RUNOUT
          • Rear Propeller Shaft
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Rear Propeller Shaft
          • Front Propeller Shaft
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Snap Ring Removal
            • << B >> Journal Bearing Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Journal Bearing Installation
            • >> B << Snap Ring Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specification
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricant
        • Component Identification
          • Snap Ring
  • Wheel Hubs
    • Front Axle
      • General Description
      • Front Axle Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Front Axle Diagnosis
        • Front Axle Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Does not Lock
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2:Locks but does not Become Free
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Noise during Wheel Rotation
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4:Noise Due to Excessive Wheel Play in Turning Direction
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Constant Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Gear Noise while Driving
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Gear Noise while Coasting
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Bearing Noise while Driving or Coasting
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Noise while Turning
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Heat
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Oil Leakage
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Wheel Bearing Play Check
        • Front Axle Total Backlash Check
        • Front Axle Gear Oil Level Check
        • Gear Oil Replacement
        • Differential Carrier Oil Seal Replacement
        • Solenoid Valve Operation Check
      • Hub And Knuckle Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Castle Nut Removal
            • << B >> Tie Rod End/Upper Arm/Lower Arm Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Upper Arm, Hub And Knuckle Assembly Connection
            • >> B << Tie Rod End, Hub And Knuckle Assembly Connection
            • >> C << Washer/Castle Nut Installation
        • Inspection
          • Inspection Of Hub Rotation Starting Torque
          • Wheel Bearing Backlash Check
        • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Drive Shaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Castle Nut Removal
            • << B >> Drive Shaft Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Drive Shaft Installation
            • >> B << Washer/Castle Nut Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> DOJ Boot Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << DOJ Boot Installation
            • >> B << DOJ Boot Band Installation
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • UJ Boot (Resin Boot) Replacement
      • Inner Shaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Inner Shaft Removal
            • << B >> Loosening Differential Mounting Insulator Bolt
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Differential Mounting Insulator Bolt Tightening
            • >> B << Inner Shaft Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Bearing Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Dust Seal Installation
            • >> B << Dust Cover Installation
            • >> C << Bearing Installation
      • Differential Carrier And Free Wheeling Clutch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Front Propeller Shaft Removal
            • << B >> Pin Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Differential Mounting Bracket Assembly
            • >> B << Front Propeller Shaft Installation
        • Inspection
          • Freewheel Engage Switch Check
        • Free Wheeling Clutch Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Main Shaft Assembly/Bearing Removal
            • << B >> Clutch Gear/Bearing Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Bearing/Clutch Gear Installation
            • >> C << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> D << Spring Pin Installation
            • >> E << Spacer Installation
            • >> F << Bearing Installation
        • Differential Carrier Disassembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Inspection Before Disassembly
          • Drive Gear Backlash
          • Drive Gear RUNOUT
          • Differential Gear Backlash
          • Drive Gear Tooth Contact
            • Notes
            • << B >> Differential Case Assembly Removal
            • << C >> Side Bearing Inner Race Removal
            • << D >> Drive Gear Removal
            • << E >> Self-Locking Nut Removal
            • << F >> Drive Pinion Assembly Removal
            • << G >> Drive Pinion Front Bearing Inner Race Removal
            • << H >> Oil Seal/Drive Pinion Rear Bearing Inner Race/Drive Pinion Rear Outer Race Removal
            • << I >> Drive Pinion Front Bearing Outer Race Removal
            • << J >> Lock Pin Removal
        • Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication, Sealing And Adhesive Points
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Drive Pinion Front Bearing Outer Race Installation
            • >> C << Drive Pinion Rear Bearing Outer Race Installation
            • >> D << Pinion Height Adjustment
            • >> E << Drive Pinion Turning Torque Adjustment
            • >> F << Differential Gear Backlash Adjustment
            • >> G << Lock Pin Installation
            • >> H << Drive Gear Installation
            • >> I << Side Bearing Inner Race Installation
            • >> J << Drive Gear Backlash Adjustment
      • Solenoid Valve And Vacuum Hose
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Pin Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Vacuum Hose Installation
            • >> B << Check Valve Installation
      • Front Differential Mount
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Differential Mount Bracket Assembly Installation
        • Differential Mounting Insulator Replacement
          • Differential Mounting Bracket < LH, RH-Front, Rear >
          • Differential Mounting Bracket < RH-Rear >
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
        • Sealants And Adhesives
    • Rear Axle
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Special Tools
      • Rear Axle Diagnosis
        • Introduction
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Noise while Wheels are Rotating < DRIVE SHAFT >
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Grease Leakage < DRIVE SHAFT >
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Constant Noise < DIFFERENTIAL >
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Gear Noise while Driving < DIFFERENTIAL >
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Gear Noise while Coastinq < DIFFERENTIAL >
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Bearing Noise while Driving or Coasting < DIFFERENTIAL >
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Noise while Turning < DIFFERENTIAL >
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Heat < DIFFERENTIAL >
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Oil Leakage < DIFFERENTIAL >
            • Diagnosis
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Rear Axle Total Backlash Check
        • Gear Oil Level Check
        • Gear Oil Replacement
        • Wheel Bearing End Play Check
      • Rear Axle Hub Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Drive Shaft Nut Removal
            • << B >> Disc Brake Assembly Removal
            • << C >> Lower Arm And Knuckle Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Lower Arm And Knuckle Connection
            • >> B << Drive Shaft Nut Installation
        • Inspection
          • Wheel Bearing Rotation Starting Torque Check
          • Wheel Bearing End Play Check
      • Knuckle
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Knuckle And Toe-Control Arm/Upper Arm Disconnection
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Upper Arm Connection
      • Drive Shaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Drive Shaft Nut Removal
            • << B >> Knuckle And Lower Arm Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Knuckle And Lower Arm Connection
            • >> B << Drive Shaft Nut Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Balls Removal
            • << B >> DOJ Cage Removal
            • << C >> DOJ Boot/BJ Boot Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << BJ Boot/DOJ Boot Installation
            • >> B << DOJ Cage/DOJ Inner Race Installation
            • >> C << DOJ Outer Race Installation
            • >> D << DOJ Boot Band (Small)/DOJ Boot Band (Large) Installation
      • Differential Carrier Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Knuckle And Lower Arm Disconnection
            • << B >> Differential Carrier Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Knuckle And Lower Arm Connection
          • Rear Suspension CROSSMEMBER Bushing (For Rear Differential Mount) Replacement
        • Disassembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Inspection Before Disassembly
            • << B >> Differential Case Assembly/Differential Side Shim/Side Bearing Outer Race Removal
            • << C >> Side Bearing Inner Race Removal
            • << D >> Drive Gear Removal
            • << E >> Lock Pin Removal
            • << F >> Self-Locking Nut Removal
            • << G >> Drive Pinion Assembly/Companion Flange Removal
            • << H >> Drive Pinion Rear Bearing Inner Race Removal
            • << I >> Oil Seal/Drive Pinion Front Bearing Inner Race/Drive Pinion Front Bearing Outer Race Removal
            • << J >> Drive Pinion Rear Bearing Outer Race Removal
        • Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication And Adhesive Points
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Press-Fitting
            • >> B << Drive Pinion Rear Bearing Outer Race Press-Fitting
            • >> C << Drive Pinion Front Bearing Outer Race Press-Fitting
            • >> D << Drive Pinion Height Adjustment
            • >> E << Drive Pinion Turning Torque Adjustment/Oil Seal Installation
            • >> F << Differential Gear Backlash Adjustment
            • >> G << Lock Pin Installation
            • >> H << Drive Gear Installation
            • >> I << Side Bearing Inner Race Installation
            • >> J << Bearing Cap Installation/Final Drive Gear Backlash Adjustment
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
        • Sealant And Adhesive
        • Component Identification
          • Drive Pinion Spacer
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
            • Charge Rate Chart
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Caution When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Ignition Key Reminder Torn Alarm Diagnosis
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are Not the Same or Not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine Cranks, but does not Start.
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Method
              • Notes
              • Points To Note During Operation
              • Key Id Register
              • Registration with scan tool
              • Registration of additional keys with scan tool
              • Registration of additional key(s) without using scan tool
            • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ignition Switch Less Continuity Check
          • Key Reminder Switch Check
          • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Combination Meters Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnosis Function
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Combination Meter does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicles Speed Sensor Check
            • Combination Meter Internal Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Bulb Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Air Outlet Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Side Step Light
        • General Description Concerning The Side Step Light
          • Side Step Light Timer Function
        • Side Step Light Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Side Step Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: One of the side step lights does not illuminate.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when the Door is Unlocked or Locked.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when Either Door is Opened or Closed.
          • Side Step Light-Ecu Inspection
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Bulb Replacement
            • < Side Step Light Bulb>
        • Side Step Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Column Switch (Switch Body) Check
      • Horn
        • Horn Diagnosis
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Accessory Socket Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player
        • General Description
          • Anti-theft system
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: No Sound from One Speaker. < vehicles with amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise is Present while Moving (AM).
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise is Present while Moving (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Excessive Noise on AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Noise is Detected with Engine Running.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Noise is Present While Moving (FM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Constant Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: No reception (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Distortion on AM and/or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Preset Stations are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: CD can not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: No Sound. (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: CD can not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker Test
        • Radio With Cd Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Motor Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna-Ecu Check
          • Glass Antenna Check
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Video Entertainment System (VES)
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Basic Operations
        • Video Entertainment System Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The rear display does not show any image at all.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The remote control does not function.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The image is unstable. The image color is abnormal.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Only the image (including sound), which are sent from auxiliary equipment, is not displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Only sound does not come out when a DVD is played.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At Main Unit Terminal Voltage
            • DVD Player
            • Rear Display
            • Video Controller Unit
        • Special Tool
        • DVD Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Video Controller Unit
          • Removal And Installation
        • Rear Display
          • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A>> Rear Display Bezel Removal
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Vehicles with manual A/C>
            • < Vehicles with auto A/C>
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch Check
            • Rear Window Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • RV Meter
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Introduction To RV Meter
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Start service function
            • Automatic check mode
            • Diagnosis mode
            • History mode
            • Monitor check mode
            • Display check mode
            • Geomagnetic sensor check mode
            • Release of service mode
          • Battery Disconnection
            • Notes
            • Checking connection of system
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The RV Meter does not Show Any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Low Battery Warning Screen is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Abnormal Drive Range is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The ambient air Temperature is not Displayed Normal.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Compass does not Indicate Normally.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Air-Conditioner Information is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At RV Meter Terminal
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
              • Confirmation of magnetization and demagnetization
              • Demagnetization and correction method
          • Multi Meter Assembly
            • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Theft Alarm
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check
            • Security Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System>
          • < Combination Meter>
          • < Headlight>
          • < Fog Light>
        • Sealant
          • < Combination Meter>
    • Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Joint Connector (A-17) Connector End View
        • Auto-Cruise Control Switch Connector End View (D-227)
        • Outside/Inside Air Selection Damper Control Motor Connector End View (D-10)
        • Rear Door Switch (LH) Connector End View (F-09)
        • Front Blower Relay Connector End View
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View (G-03)
        • Data Link Connector End View (D-117)
        • HBB Connector End View
        • Driver's Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (H-10)
        • Heater Blower Controller Unit Connector End View (D-17)
        • Rear Heater Control Unit Connector End View (E-01)
        • Expansion Valve (Magnet Valve) Connector End View
        • Heater Water Temperature Sensor Connector End View (D-19)
        • Driver's Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (H-03)
        • M-ASTC-ECU Connector End View (E-119 And E-120)
        • HBB Connector End View (B-18)
        • Defogger Connector End View (I-01)
        • Motor Antenna-ECU Connector End View
        • Headlight (LH) Connector End View (A-20)
        • A/C-ECU Connector End View (D-23 And D-24)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-212) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (F-24) Connector End View
        • Joint Connector (A-15) Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (D-222)
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View (D-204)
        • Intermediate Connector (A-03) Connector End View
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (D-03 And D-04)
        • Rear Blower Motor Connector End View (G-06-1)
        • ABS Sensor (Rear LH) Connector End View (G-21)
        • Blower Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (D-208) Connector End View
        • RV Meter Connector End View (D-08, D-07)
        • MFI Relay Connector End View (B-22X)
        • Rear A/C Unit Connector End View (G-06 And G-22)
        • Heater Control Assembly Connector End View
        • Rear Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (G-09)
        • Side Step Light-ECU Connector End View (D-137)
        • Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (G-26-2)
        • Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (D-20)
        • Rear Power Window Sub-Switch (RH) Connector End View (H-19)
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (B-09)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-111) Connector End View
        • Power Window Main Switch Connector End View (H-05)
        • Dome Light Connector End View (F-03)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-210) Connector End View
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-08X)
        • A/T Control Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (C-03)
        • Rear Blower Unit Connector End View (G-06)
        • Joint Connector (D-116) Connector End View
        • Stoplight Switch Connector End View (D-123)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View (D-138)
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Connector End View (B-06)
        • Transfer-ECU Connector End View (E-109)
        • Detection Switch Connector End View (C-05, C-06, C-10, C-11, C-12)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-37)
        • Front Door Speaker (RH) Connector End View (H-26)
        • Rear Heater Unit Connector End View (G-25 Or G-23)
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Connector End View (G-27)
        • Side Step Light Assembly (RH) Connector End View (F-30)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (2) Connector End View (B-24X)
        • Windshield Washer Motor Connector End View (A-33)
        • Air Mixing Damper Control Motor Connector End View
        • Inspection Connector End View (B-25X)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-217) Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Relay Connector End View (B-23X)
        • Right Hand Side Impact Sensor Connector End View (F-19)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-111) Connector End View
        • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor Connector End View (G-22 -- 3)
        • VTR Adapter Connector End View (G-29)
        • Front Propeller Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-13)
        • Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (C-14)
        • Back Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View
        • Condenser Fan Motor Connector End View (A-26)
        • TPMS Receiver Connector End View (G-28-1)
        • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Connector End View (G-05)
        • TPMS Antenna (Front-RH) Connector End View (G-28-11)
        • Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View (F-29)
        • M-ASTC-ECU Connector End View (E-121)
        • HBB (Connector B) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (G-28-6) Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (D-220) Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (C-04)
        • Driver's Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (F-18)
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Personal Light (RH) Connector End View (F-04)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-209) Connector End View
        • Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (C-15)
        • Rear Door Speaker (LH) Connector End View (H-12)
        • Front Power Window Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch Connector End View
        • A/T Control Relay Connector End View (D-13)
        • Intermediate Connector (G-10) Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (B-56)
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (A-29)
        • Magnetic Valve Connector End View (G-26-4)
        • Radio And CD Player Connector End View (D-06)
        • Fog Light (LH) Connector End View (A-21)
        • Intermediate Connector (G-26-1) Connector End View
        • Shift Actuator Connector End View (C-09)
        • Back Door Switch Connector End View
        • Inside/Outside Air Changeover Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Front Turn-Signal Light (LH) Connector End View (A-19)
        • Defogger Relay Connector End View (D-216)
        • Rear Power Window Sub-Switch Connector End View (H-02)
        • Tweeter (RH) Connector End View (H-15)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-16) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (E-113) Connector End View
        • Central Door Lock Switch - Passenger Side Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-26) Connector End View
        • Front Blower Relay Connector End View (D-218)
        • Defogger Connector End View (I-03)
        • Rear Washer Motor Connector End View (I-08)
        • Automatic Compressor Controller Connector End View
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-48)
        • Rear Cooler Control Unit Connector End View (E-09)
        • Video Controller Unit Connector End View (F-34, F-35, F-36, F-37)
        • Rear Cooler Unit Connector End View (G-13)
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (D-05 And D-03)
        • Front Turn-Signal Light (RH) Connector End View (A-35)
        • Dual Pressure Switch Connector End View (A-22)
        • Outside/Inside Air Selection Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (G-28-7 And G-28-9) Connector End View
        • Air Thermo Sensor Connector End View (G-26 -- 3)
        • Headlight (RH) Connector End View (A-32)
        • Intermediate Connector (G-11) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (A-25) Connector End View
        • Active Skid Control Switch Connector End View (E-125)
        • Sunroof Motor Assembly Connector End View (F-02)
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Door Switch (RH) Connector End View (F-05)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (E-08)
        • Data Link Connector End View (D-118)
        • TPMS Receiver Connector End View (G-28)
        • Power Window Main Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Cooler Switch (Temperature Switch) Connector End View
        • Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View (F-27)
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (D-223 And D-224)
        • Horn (Low) Connector End View (A-28)
        • Transfer Shift Lever Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-25) Connector End View
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View
        • Ground Joint Connector (D-14) Connector End View
        • Cargo Space Light Connector End View (F-06)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-11) Connector End View
        • Rear Wiper Motor Connector End View (I-07)
        • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Connector End View (D-201)
        • Front Passenger's Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (H-24)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (D-206)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-34) Connector End View
        • Fog Light (LH) Connector End View (A-15, A-21 And A-25)
        • Blower Resistor Connector End View
        • Rear Power Window Motor (RH) Connector End View (H-23)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-28) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-125) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (B-08) Connector End View
        • Photo Sensor Connector End View (D-09)
        • Blower Motor Connector End View (D-113)
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (D-03 And D-32)
        • Taillight (LH) Connector End View (G-16)
        • HBB Connector End View (B-14)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-207) Connector End View
        • Position Light (LH) Connector End View (A-18)
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-07X)
        • Woofer Connector End View (G-01)
        • Intermediate Connector (F-12) Connector End View
        • Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View
        • Front Power Window Motor (LH) Connector End View (H-04)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-19) Connector End View
        • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Connector End View (A-11X)
        • Joint Connector (D-01) Connector End View
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Connector End View (B-29)
        • DVD Player Connector End View (D-33, D-35)
        • Mixing Damper Control Motor Connector End View
        • Front Power Window Sub-Switch (RH) Connector End View (H-16)
        • Condenser Fan Control Relay Connector End View (A-09X)
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (B-12)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-15) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (H-18)
        • Rear Heater Switch Connector End View (E-21)
        • Intermediate Connector (F-23) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Connector End View (G-04)
        • Free-Wheel Engage Switch Connector End View (B-39)
        • Cargo Space Light Connector End View (F-08)
        • Motor Relay B Connector End View (B-54X)
        • Hood Switch Connector End View (A-14)
        • Fog Light Switch Connector End View (D-127)
        • Passenger's Air Bag Module Connector End View (D-11)
        • Front Impact Sensor (RH) Connector End View (A-30)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-27) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (F-07) Connector End View
        • Transfer-ECU Connector End View (E-104)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-221) Connector End View
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (E-07)
        • TPMS Antenna (Front-LH) Connector End View (G-28-10)
        • Joint Connector (D-29) Connector End View
        • Back Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (I-06)
        • Joint Connector (A-16) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (E-114) Connector End View
        • Transfer Shift Lever Switch Connector End View (E-116)
        • Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (H-27)
        • Rear Washer Motor Connector End View
        • Theft-Alarm Horn Connector End View (A-04)
        • Condenser Fan Control Relay Connector End View
        • Joint Connector (D-02) Connector End View
        • Joint Connector (D-30) Connector End View
        • Front Impact Sensor (LH) Connector End View (A-23)
        • Column Switch Connector End View (D-203)
        • Back Door Switch Connector End View (G-15)
        • Key Reminder Switch Connector End View (D-202)
        • Rear Fan Control Switch Connector End View (E-12)
        • Rear Blower Relay Connector End View (D-213)
        • Driver's Door Switch Connector End View (F-14)
        • Air Thermo Sensor Connector End View (G-13 -- 3)
        • ABS Sensor (Rear LH) Connector End View (G-14)
        • Front-ECU Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Relay (1) Connector End View (B-19X)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-211) Connector End View
        • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (D-22)
        • Steering Wheel Sensor Connector End View (D-225)
        • HBB Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Rear Cooler Switch Connector End View (E-17)
        • Column Switch (Switch Body) Connector End View
        • Hood Switch Connector End View
        • Door Switch Connector End View
        • Yaw Rate Sensor Connector End View (E-126)
        • Passenger's Door Switch Connector End View (F-22)
        • Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-26)
        • Side-Airbag Module (LH) Connector End View (F-15)
        • Rear Propeller Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-07)
        • Rear A/C Control Unit Connector End View (E-20)
        • Ignition Coil Connector End View (B-31, B-32 And B-34)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-28)
        • Resistor Connector End View (D-130)
        • Heated Door Mirrors Connector End View
        • Joint Connector (D-131) Connector End View
        • 4LLC Detection Switch Connector End View (C-05)
        • Intermediate Connector (B-27) Connector End View
        • Injector Connector End View (B-01, B-02 And B-03, B-11, B-33 And B-35)
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Connector End View (B-04)
        • HBB Connector A Connector End View
        • Side Step Light Assembly (LH) Connector End View (F-31)
        • Rear Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (G-02)
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-02)
        • Injector Intermediate Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (B-44) Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Connector End View (G-03)
        • PCM Connector End View (D-132, D-133, D-134, D-135, D-136)
        • A/C Compressor Connector End View (B-30)
        • Intermediate Connector (A-05) Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Connector End View (B-38)
        • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Connector End View (D-105)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay Connector End View (A-12X)
        • Shift Switch Assembly Connector End View (E-115)
        • Side-Airbag Module (RH) Connector End View (F-21)
        • Back Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (F-10) Connector End View
        • Power Window Motor - Rear Door Connector End View
        • Fog Light (RH) Connector End View (A-31)
        • HBB Connector End View (B-17)
        • Position Light (RH) Connector End View (A-36)
        • Rear Passenger Door Lock Actuator s
        • Condenser Fan Motor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-10)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-112) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (E-123) Connector End View
        • Rear Heater Switch (Temperature Control Switch) Connector End View
        • Input Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-16)
        • Power Window Relay Connector End View (D-219)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-139) Connector End View
        • Front Power Window Motor (RH) Connector End View (H-17)
        • M-ASTC-ECU Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (LH) Connector End View (F-13)
        • Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View
        • Free-Wheel Engage Solenoid Valve Connector End View (A-38 And A-39)
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch Connector End View (D-103)
        • Amplifier Connector End View (G-19)
        • Horn (High) Connector End View (A-27)
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Connector End View (B-05)
        • Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View
        • Buzzer Connector End View (E-107)
        • Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-55)
        • DVD Player Connector Rear Display Connector End View (F-32, F-33)
        • Tweeter (LH) Connector End View (H-06)
        • Front Door Speaker (LH) Connector End View (H-08)
        • Immobilizer-ECU Connector End View (D-121)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-124) Connector End View
        • Horn Relay Connector End View (A-10X)
        • Rear Power Window Motor (LH) Connector End View (H-11)
        • Volume Airflow Sensor Connector End View (B-48)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (F-01)
        • Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-07)
        • Magnetic Valve Connector End View (G-13 -- 2)
        • Shift Lever Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Heater Unit Connector End View (G-26 And G-24)
        • TPMS Antenna (Rear-RH) Connector End View (G-28-2)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-110) Connector End View
        • License Plate Light Assembly Connector End View (I-04)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (D-205, D-226, D-227, D-230)
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator (Rear, LH) Connector End View (H-13)
        • A/C Sensor Connector End View (D-21)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-122) Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-36)
        • Back Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (I-05)
        • Fog Light Relay Connector End View (A-13X)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-08)
        • Front Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View (A-24)
        • Door Lock Actuator (Rear, RH) Connector End View (H-21)
        • Security Indicator Light Connector End View
        • Rear Door Speaker (RH) Connector End View (H-22)
    • Electrical
      • Harness Connector Inspection
        • Connector Continuity And Voltage Test
        • Improper Terminal Engagement Check
        • Connector Terminal Engagement And Disengagement
        • Computer Connector
        • Round Waterproof Connector
        • Rectangular Waterproof Connector
        • Injector Connector
      • How To Diagnose
        • How To Diagnose
        • Troubleshooting Steps
        • Information For Diagnosis
        • Inspection
        • Inspection Instruments
        • Checking Fuses
          • Notes
          • Cautions In Event Of Blown Fuse
        • Checking Switches
        • Checking Relays
        • Cables And Wires Check
        • Battery Handling
        • General Electrical System Check
    • Simplified Wiring System (SWS)
      • General Description
        • Communication Method
        • Operation
          • Tone Alarm Function
            • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
            • RV Meter Tone Alarm Function
          • Central Door Locking System
            • Central Door Locking System Operation
            • Forgotten Key Prevention Function
          • Power Window Relay Control
            • Power Window Relay Operation
            • Power Window Timer Function
          • Keyless Entry System
          • Sunroof
            • Sunroof Operation
            • Sunroof Timer Function
          • Windshield Wipers And Washers
            • Windshield Low-Speed (And High-Speed) Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Mist Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Washer Operation
          • Rear Wiper And Washer
            • Rear Wiper Operation
            • Rear Washer Operation
          • Seat Belt Warning Light
          • Headlight
            • Headlight Automatic Shutdown Function
          • Headlight Dimmer Switch Automatic
            • Resetting Function
          • Flasher Timer
            • Turn-Signal Light
            • Hazard Warning Light
          • Fog Light
          • Dome Light
          • Theft-Alarm System
            • Theft-Alarm System Operation
            • Panic Alarm Function
          • Configuration Function
      • SWS Diagnosis
        • General Description
          • Before Carrying Out Troubleshooting
          • SWS Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • How To Connect SWS Monitor
          • How To Use SWS Monitor
          • HOW TO CHECK ECUs
          • Service Data Check
          • Pulse Check
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedures
        • Ecu Communication System
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-1: Communication With The SWS Monitor Kit Is Not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-2: Communication With The Column Switch (Column-ECU) Is Not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-3: Communication With The ETACS-ECU Is Not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-4: Communication With The Front-ECU Is Not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-5: Communication With The Sunroof Motor Assembly (Sunroof-ECU) Is Not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-6: Communication With The RV Meter Is Not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Tone Alarm
          • General Description Concerning Tone Alarm
            • Notes
            • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
            • RV Meter Operating Sound Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For RV Meter Operating Sound Function
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-1: Tone Alarm: Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-2: Tone Alarm: Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-3: Tone Alarm: Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-4: Tone Alarm: RV Meter Operating Sound Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Central Door Locking System
          • General Description Concerning The Central Door Locking System
          • Door Lock Function
            • Operating The Driver's Or Front Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder
            • Operating The Driver's Or Front Passenger's Door Lock Switch
            • Operating The Driver's Door Inside Lock Knob
          • Door Unlock Function
            • Operating The Driver's Door Lock Key Cylinder
            • Operating The Front Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder
            • Operating The Driver's Or Front Passenger's Door Lock Switch
            • Forgotten Key Prevention Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Central Door Locking System
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-1: Central Door Locking System: Central Door Lock System Does Not Work At All.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-2: Central Door Locking System: Some Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-3: Central Door Locking System: All The Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock With Just The Door Lock Switch Operation.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-4: Central Door Locking System: All The Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock With Just The Door Lock Key Cylinder Key Operation.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-5: Central Door Locking System: All The Doors Do Not Lock With Just The Driver's Inside Lock Knob Operation.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-6: Central Door Locking System: Forgotten Key Prevention Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Power Windows
          • General Description Concerning The Power Windows
          • Power Window Main Switch Function
            • Raises The Driver's Power Window
            • Lowers The Driver's Power Window
            • Lowers The Driver's Power Window By One-Shot Down Function
            • Raises The Passenger's Power Window
            • Lowers The Passenger's Power Window
          • Power Window Sub Switch Function
            • Raises The Passenger's Power Window
            • Lowers The Passenger's Power Window
            • Power Window Timer Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Power Windows
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-1: Power Window: Power Windows Do Not Work At All.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-2: Power Window: The Power Window Timer Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-3: Power Window: Only The Front Power Window (LH) Does Not Work Normally By Operating The Power Window Main Switch.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-4: Power Window: Power Windows Do Not Work Normally By Operating The Front Passenger's And Rear Power Window Sub-Switches.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-5: Power Window: Front Passenger's And Rear Power Windows Do Not Work Normally By Operating The Power Window Main Switch.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Keyless Entry System
          • General Description Concerning The Keyless Entry System
          • All Door Lock Function
            • Operate The Transmitter Lock Switch
          • Driver's Door Unlock Function
            • Press The Transmitter Unlock Switch Once
          • All Door Unlock Function
            • Press The Transmitter Unlock Switch Twice
            • Keyless Entry Hazard Answerback And Horn Answerback Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Keyless Entry System
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-1: Keyless Entry System: Keyless Entry System Does Not Operate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-2: Keyless Entry System: The Dome Light, Hazard Warning Lights (Turn-Signal Lights) And Horn Do Not Operate Through The Answerback Function.
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-3: Keyless Entry System: Encrypted Code Cannot Be Registered
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Sunroof
          • General Description Concerning The Sunroof
            • Notes
            • General Circuit Diagram Regarding The Sunroof
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-1: Sunroof: Sunroof Does Not Operate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-2: Sunroof: Any Of The Sunroof Switch Positions Is Defective.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-3: Sunroof: Sunroof Timer Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-4: Sunroof: Safety Mechanism Does Not Function.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • General Description Concerning The Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • Windshield Wiper And Washer Control Function
            • Intermittent Control
            • Mist Wiper Control
            • Low Speed Wiper, High Speed Wiper Control
            • Washer Control
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-1: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Wipers Does Not Work At All.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-2: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Wipers Do Not Work When The Windshield Wiper Switch Is At "INT" Or "MIST" position Or The Windshield Washer Switch Is At "ON" Position. However, The Wipers Work At Low Speed When The Windshield Wiper Switch Is At "LO" Or "HI."
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-3: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Wipers Do Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-4: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Wipers Do Not Stop At The Specified Park Position.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-5: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Is Not Changed By Operating The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Adjusting Knob Or According To The Vehicle Speed.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-6: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Washer Does Not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Rear Wiper And Washer
          • General Description Concerning The Rear Wiper And Washer
          • Rear Wiper And Washer Control Function
            • Rear Wiper Control
            • Rear Washer Control
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Rear Wiper And Washer
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-1: Rear Wiper And Washer: Rear Wiper Does Not Work At All.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-2: Rear Wiper And Washer: Rear Wiper Does Not Stop At The Predetermined Park Position.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-3: Rear Wiper And Washer: When The Selector Lever Is Moved To "R" Position During The Rear Wiper Operation, The Rear Wiper Does Not Operate At The Continuous Mode.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-4: Rear Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Washer Does Not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Seat Belt Warning Light
          • General Description Concerning Seat Belt Warning Light
            • Notes
            • Seat Belt Warning Light Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Seat Belt Warning Light Function
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE I-1: Seat Belt Warning Light: Seat Belt Warning Light Does Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Headlight And Taillight
          • General Description Concerning Headlight And Taillight
          • Taillights And Headlights Illumination
            • Taillight
            • Headlights And High-Beam Indicator Light
            • Headlight Automatic-Shutdown Function
            • Dimmer Automatic Reset Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Taillights
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Headlights
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-1: Headlight And Taillight: The Taillights Does Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-2: Headlight And Taillight: Headlights (Low-Beam) Do Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-3: Headlight And Taillight: Headlights (High-Beam) Do Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-4: Headlight And Taillight: Headlights Do Not Illuminate When The Passing Switch Is Operated.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-5: Headlight And Taillight: Headlights Do Not Illuminate When The Lighting Switch Is At "TAIL," And "PASSING" Position, But Illuminate At Low-Beam When The Switch Is At "HEAD" Position. At This Position, The Headlights Cannot Be Changed Into High Beam By Operating The Dimmer Switch.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-6: Headlight And Taillight: Any Of Taillights, The Position Lights, The Side Marker Light Or The License Plate Lights Do Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure J-7: Headlight And Taillight: One Of The Headlights Does Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure J-8: Headlight And Taillight: The High-Beam Indicator Light Does Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-9: Headlight And Taillight: Headlight Automatic Shutdown Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-10: Headlight And Taillight: Headlight Dimmer Switch Automatic Resetting Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-11: Headlight And Taillight: Daytime Running Light Function Does Not Work Normally. < Vehicles For Canada >
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Flasher Timer
          • General Description Concerning Flasher Timer
          • Flasher Timer Function
            • Turn Signal Light
            • Hazard Warning Light
            • General Circuit For Turn Signal Light And Hazard Light
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-1: Flasher Timer: Turn-Signal Lights Do Not Flash When The Turn-Signal Light Switch Is Operated.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-2: Flasher Timer: Hazard Warning Lights Do Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-3: Flasher Timer: One Of The Turn-Signal Lights Do Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Fog Light
          • General Description Concerning Fog Light
            • Notes
            • Fog Light And Fog Light Indicator Light
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Fog Lights
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-1: Fog Light: Fog Lights Do Not Illuminate When The Fog Light Switch Is Operated.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-2: Fog Light: Fog Lights Do Not Go Out When The Headlights (Low-Beam) Are Turned Off While The Fog Lights Are On.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-3: Fog Light: One Of The Fog Lights Does Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Interior Light
          • General Description Concerning Interior Light
            • Notes
            • Dome Light Control Function
            • Ignition Key Hole Illumination Light Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For Interior Lights
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-1: Interior Light: The Dome Light Do Not Illuminate Or Go Out Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-2: Interior Light: Dome Light Dimming Function Does Not Work normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-3: Interior Light: The Ignition Key Hole Illumination Light Does Not Illuminate Or Go Out Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Theft-Alarm System
          • General Description Concerning The Theft-Alarm System
          • Theft-Alarm System
            • Arming The System
            • Disarming The System
            • Activating The Alarm
            • Deactivating The Alarm
            • Checking The System Operation
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Theft-Alarm
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-1: Theft-Alarm System: Theft-Alarm System Is Not Armed (Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Does Not Illuminate).
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-2: Theft-Alarm System: Horn Does Not Sound When The Theft-Alarm Is Triggered.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-3: Theft-Alarm System: Headlights (High-Beam) Do Not Flash When The Theft-Alarm System Is Triggered.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-4: Theft-Alarm System: Panic Alarm Function Does Not Work.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
      • Input Signal Chart
      • Input Signal Procedures
        • Inspection Procedure O-1: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Ignition Switch (Acc).
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-2: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Ignition Switch (IG1).
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-3: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Fog Light Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-4: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive "R" Position Signal From The Transmission Range Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-5: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Driver's Or The Front Passenger's Door Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-6: Column Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Taillight Switch, The Headlight Switch, The Passing Light Switch, The Dimmer Switch Or The Turn-Signal Light Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-7: Column Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From Windshield Mist Wiper Switch, Windshield Intermittent Wiper Switch, Windshield Low-Speed Wiper Switch, Windshield High-Speed Wiper Switch, Windshield Washer Switch, Rear Wiper Switch Or Rear Washer Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-8: Column Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Adjusting Knob.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-9: Sunroof Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Up, Open Or Close/Down Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-10: RV Meter: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From Any Control Switches.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-1: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Key Reminder Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-2: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Hazard Warning Light Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-3: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Driver's Seat Belt Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-4: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From All The Door Switches.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-5: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Driver's, Front Passenger's Or Back Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-6: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Driver's, Front Passenger's Or Back Door Lock Actuator Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-7: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Door Lock Switch (Incorporated In Power Window Main Switch And Power Window Sub Switch).
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-8: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive An Auto-Stop Signal From The Rear Wiper Motor.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-9: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From Hood Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-10: Transmitter: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Lock, Unlock Switch Or Panic Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
      • Check At Ecu Terminal
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Adjustment Procedures Of SWS Function < Vehicles With Keyless Entry System >
          • Notes
          • Entry Conditions For Adjustment Mode
          • Release Conditions For The Adjustment Mode
          • Configuration Of Functions
  • Charging Systems
    • Charging System
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Operation
      • Charging System Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Troubleshooting Guide
      • Special Tool
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Generator Output Line Voltage Drop Test
        • Output Current Test
        • Regulated Voltage Test
          • Notes
          • Voltage Regulation Table
        • Wave Pattern Check Using An Oscilloscope
          • Measurement Method
          • Standard Waveform
          • Abnormal Waveforms Examples
            • Notes
            • Abnormal Waveforms
      • Generator Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Front Bracket Assembly Removal
            • << B >> Generator Pulley Removal
            • << C >> Stator Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Regulator Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Rotor Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rotor Check
          • Stator Check
          • Rectifier Check
          • Brush Check
    • Specifications - Charging/Starting
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
      • Service Specification(S)
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Engine Compartment
      • Passenger Compartment
    • Fuse Identification Chart
  • Gauges
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
            • Charge Rate Chart
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Caution When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Ignition Key Reminder Torn Alarm Diagnosis
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are Not the Same or Not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine Cranks, but does not Start.
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Method
              • Notes
              • Points To Note During Operation
              • Key Id Register
              • Registration with scan tool
              • Registration of additional keys with scan tool
              • Registration of additional key(s) without using scan tool
            • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ignition Switch Less Continuity Check
          • Key Reminder Switch Check
          • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Combination Meters Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnosis Function
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Combination Meter does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicles Speed Sensor Check
            • Combination Meter Internal Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Bulb Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Air Outlet Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Side Step Light
        • General Description Concerning The Side Step Light
          • Side Step Light Timer Function
        • Side Step Light Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Side Step Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: One of the side step lights does not illuminate.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when the Door is Unlocked or Locked.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when Either Door is Opened or Closed.
          • Side Step Light-Ecu Inspection
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Bulb Replacement
            • < Side Step Light Bulb>
        • Side Step Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Column Switch (Switch Body) Check
      • Horn
        • Horn Diagnosis
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Accessory Socket Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player
        • General Description
          • Anti-theft system
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: No Sound from One Speaker. < vehicles with amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise is Present while Moving (AM).
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise is Present while Moving (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Excessive Noise on AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Noise is Detected with Engine Running.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Noise is Present While Moving (FM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Constant Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: No reception (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Distortion on AM and/or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Preset Stations are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: CD can not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: No Sound. (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: CD can not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker Test
        • Radio With Cd Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Motor Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna-Ecu Check
          • Glass Antenna Check
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Video Entertainment System (VES)
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Basic Operations
        • Video Entertainment System Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The rear display does not show any image at all.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The remote control does not function.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The image is unstable. The image color is abnormal.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Only the image (including sound), which are sent from auxiliary equipment, is not displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Only sound does not come out when a DVD is played.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At Main Unit Terminal Voltage
            • DVD Player
            • Rear Display
            • Video Controller Unit
        • Special Tool
        • DVD Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Video Controller Unit
          • Removal And Installation
        • Rear Display
          • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A>> Rear Display Bezel Removal
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Vehicles with manual A/C>
            • < Vehicles with auto A/C>
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch Check
            • Rear Window Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • RV Meter
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Introduction To RV Meter
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Start service function
            • Automatic check mode
            • Diagnosis mode
            • History mode
            • Monitor check mode
            • Display check mode
            • Geomagnetic sensor check mode
            • Release of service mode
          • Battery Disconnection
            • Notes
            • Checking connection of system
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The RV Meter does not Show Any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Low Battery Warning Screen is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Abnormal Drive Range is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The ambient air Temperature is not Displayed Normal.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Compass does not Indicate Normally.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Air-Conditioner Information is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At RV Meter Terminal
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
              • Confirmation of magnetization and demagnetization
              • Demagnetization and correction method
          • Multi Meter Assembly
            • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Theft Alarm
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check
            • Security Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System>
          • < Combination Meter>
          • < Headlight>
          • < Fog Light>
        • Sealant
          • < Combination Meter>
    • Interior
      • Seat Belt Diagnosis
        • Seat Belt Warning System Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • Instrument Panel Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Positions
        • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Floor Console Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
      • Trims
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Positions
      • Headlining
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> SUNVISOR Holder Removal
      • Front Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Front Seat Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Continuity Test Of Heated Seat Switch
          • Seat Cushion Heater Check
          • Seatback Heater Check
          • Power seat manual switch continuity check
          • Operation check of power seat motor
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Positions
      • Rear Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Claw Positions
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < LH Side >
          • Claw Positions
          • < RH Side >
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Head Restraint Guide Removal
      • Third Seat Assembly
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Claw Positions
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Head Restraint Guide Removal
      • Front Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Seat Belt Buckle Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • Second Seat Belt And Third Seat Belt
          • Tether Anchor
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
  • Horns
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
            • Charge Rate Chart
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Caution When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Ignition Key Reminder Torn Alarm Diagnosis
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are Not the Same or Not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine Cranks, but does not Start.
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Method
              • Notes
              • Points To Note During Operation
              • Key Id Register
              • Registration with scan tool
              • Registration of additional keys with scan tool
              • Registration of additional key(s) without using scan tool
            • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ignition Switch Less Continuity Check
          • Key Reminder Switch Check
          • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Combination Meters Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnosis Function
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Combination Meter does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicles Speed Sensor Check
            • Combination Meter Internal Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Bulb Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Air Outlet Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Side Step Light
        • General Description Concerning The Side Step Light
          • Side Step Light Timer Function
        • Side Step Light Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Side Step Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: One of the side step lights does not illuminate.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when the Door is Unlocked or Locked.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when Either Door is Opened or Closed.
          • Side Step Light-Ecu Inspection
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Bulb Replacement
            • < Side Step Light Bulb>
        • Side Step Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Column Switch (Switch Body) Check
      • Horn
        • Horn Diagnosis
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Accessory Socket Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player
        • General Description
          • Anti-theft system
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: No Sound from One Speaker. < vehicles with amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise is Present while Moving (AM).
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise is Present while Moving (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Excessive Noise on AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Noise is Detected with Engine Running.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Noise is Present While Moving (FM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Constant Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: No reception (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Distortion on AM and/or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Preset Stations are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: CD can not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: No Sound. (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: CD can not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker Test
        • Radio With Cd Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Motor Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna-Ecu Check
          • Glass Antenna Check
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Video Entertainment System (VES)
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Basic Operations
        • Video Entertainment System Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The rear display does not show any image at all.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The remote control does not function.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The image is unstable. The image color is abnormal.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Only the image (including sound), which are sent from auxiliary equipment, is not displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Only sound does not come out when a DVD is played.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At Main Unit Terminal Voltage
            • DVD Player
            • Rear Display
            • Video Controller Unit
        • Special Tool
        • DVD Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Video Controller Unit
          • Removal And Installation
        • Rear Display
          • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A>> Rear Display Bezel Removal
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Vehicles with manual A/C>
            • < Vehicles with auto A/C>
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch Check
            • Rear Window Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • RV Meter
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Introduction To RV Meter
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Start service function
            • Automatic check mode
            • Diagnosis mode
            • History mode
            • Monitor check mode
            • Display check mode
            • Geomagnetic sensor check mode
            • Release of service mode
          • Battery Disconnection
            • Notes
            • Checking connection of system
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The RV Meter does not Show Any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Low Battery Warning Screen is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Abnormal Drive Range is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The ambient air Temperature is not Displayed Normal.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Compass does not Indicate Normally.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Air-Conditioner Information is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At RV Meter Terminal
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
              • Confirmation of magnetization and demagnetization
              • Demagnetization and correction method
          • Multi Meter Assembly
            • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Theft Alarm
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check
            • Security Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System>
          • < Combination Meter>
          • < Headlight>
          • < Fog Light>
        • Sealant
          • < Combination Meter>
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
            • Charge Rate Chart
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
            • Notes
            • Caution When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Ignition Key Reminder Torn Alarm Diagnosis
        • Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Read Data List
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are Not the Same or Not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Ignition Key cannot be Registered.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine Cranks, but does not Start.
              • Technical Description
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Data List Reference Table
          • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Encrypted Code Registration Method
              • Notes
              • Points To Note During Operation
              • Key Id Register
              • Registration with scan tool
              • Registration of additional keys with scan tool
              • Registration of additional key(s) without using scan tool
            • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
        • Inspection
          • Ignition Switch Less Continuity Check
          • Key Reminder Switch Check
          • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Combination Meters Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnosis Function
          • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Combination Meter does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicles Speed Sensor Check
            • Combination Meter Internal Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight And Front Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Headlight Assembly Removal
      • Fog Light
        • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Bulb Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Air Outlet Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Side Step Light
        • General Description Concerning The Side Step Light
          • Side Step Light Timer Function
        • Side Step Light Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Side Step Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: One of the side step lights does not illuminate.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when the Door is Unlocked or Locked.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Side Step Light do not Illuminate Normally when Either Door is Opened or Closed.
          • Side Step Light-Ecu Inspection
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Bulb Replacement
            • < Side Step Light Bulb>
        • Side Step Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rheostat Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Hazard Warning Light Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Column Switch (Switch Body) Check
      • Horn
        • Horn Diagnosis
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Accessory Socket Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player
        • General Description
          • Anti-theft system
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Audio System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," no Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker. < Vehicles without Amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: No Sound from One Speaker. < vehicles with amplifier>
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise is Present while Moving (AM).
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise is Present while Moving (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Sound mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Noise is Overpowering both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Excessive Noise on AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Noise is Detected with Engine Running.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Noise Appears During Vibration or Shocks.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Noise is Present While Moving (FM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Constant Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: No reception (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Distortion on AM and/or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Auto Select Function Inoperative, too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Preset Stations are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: CD can not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: No Sound. (CD Only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: CD can not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker Test
        • Radio With Cd Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
        • Amplifier
          • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Motor Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna-Ecu Check
          • Glass Antenna Check
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Video Entertainment System (VES)
        • General Description
          • Notes
          • Basic Operations
        • Video Entertainment System Diagnosis
          • Introduction
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The rear display does not show any image at all.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The remote control does not function.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The image is unstable. The image color is abnormal.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Only the image (including sound), which are sent from auxiliary equipment, is not displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Only sound does not come out when a DVD is played.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At Main Unit Terminal Voltage
            • DVD Player
            • Rear Display
            • Video Controller Unit
        • Special Tool
        • DVD Player
          • Removal And Installation
        • Video Controller Unit
          • Removal And Installation
        • Rear Display
          • Removal And Installation
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A>> Rear Display Bezel Removal
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Vehicles with manual A/C>
            • < Vehicles with auto A/C>
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch Check
            • Rear Window Defogger Relay Continuity Check
      • RV Meter
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Introduction To RV Meter
          • Failure Diagnosis Service Function
            • Notes
            • Start service function
            • Automatic check mode
            • Diagnosis mode
            • History mode
            • Monitor check mode
            • Display check mode
            • Geomagnetic sensor check mode
            • Release of service mode
          • Battery Disconnection
            • Notes
            • Checking connection of system
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Diagnosis Function
            • How To Connect Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The RV Meter does not Show Any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Low Battery Warning Screen is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Abnormal Drive Range is Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The ambient air Temperature is not Displayed Normal.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Compass does not Indicate Normally.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The Air-Conditioner Information is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Check At RV Meter Terminal
          • Special Tools
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
              • Confirmation of magnetization and demagnetization
              • Demagnetization and correction method
          • Multi Meter Assembly
            • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Theft Alarm
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
            • Hood Switch Continuity Check
            • Security Indicator Light Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System>
          • < Combination Meter>
          • < Headlight>
          • < Fog Light>
        • Sealant
          • < Combination Meter>
    • Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Joint Connector (A-17) Connector End View
        • Auto-Cruise Control Switch Connector End View (D-227)
        • Outside/Inside Air Selection Damper Control Motor Connector End View (D-10)
        • Rear Door Switch (LH) Connector End View (F-09)
        • Front Blower Relay Connector End View
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View (G-03)
        • Data Link Connector End View (D-117)
        • HBB Connector End View
        • Driver's Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (H-10)
        • Heater Blower Controller Unit Connector End View (D-17)
        • Rear Heater Control Unit Connector End View (E-01)
        • Expansion Valve (Magnet Valve) Connector End View
        • Heater Water Temperature Sensor Connector End View (D-19)
        • Driver's Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (H-03)
        • M-ASTC-ECU Connector End View (E-119 And E-120)
        • HBB Connector End View (B-18)
        • Defogger Connector End View (I-01)
        • Motor Antenna-ECU Connector End View
        • Headlight (LH) Connector End View (A-20)
        • A/C-ECU Connector End View (D-23 And D-24)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-212) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (F-24) Connector End View
        • Joint Connector (A-15) Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (D-222)
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View (D-204)
        • Intermediate Connector (A-03) Connector End View
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (D-03 And D-04)
        • Rear Blower Motor Connector End View (G-06-1)
        • ABS Sensor (Rear LH) Connector End View (G-21)
        • Blower Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (D-208) Connector End View
        • RV Meter Connector End View (D-08, D-07)
        • MFI Relay Connector End View (B-22X)
        • Rear A/C Unit Connector End View (G-06 And G-22)
        • Heater Control Assembly Connector End View
        • Rear Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (G-09)
        • Side Step Light-ECU Connector End View (D-137)
        • Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (G-26-2)
        • Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (D-20)
        • Rear Power Window Sub-Switch (RH) Connector End View (H-19)
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (B-09)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-111) Connector End View
        • Power Window Main Switch Connector End View (H-05)
        • Dome Light Connector End View (F-03)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-210) Connector End View
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-08X)
        • A/T Control Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (C-03)
        • Rear Blower Unit Connector End View (G-06)
        • Joint Connector (D-116) Connector End View
        • Stoplight Switch Connector End View (D-123)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View (D-138)
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Connector End View (B-06)
        • Transfer-ECU Connector End View (E-109)
        • Detection Switch Connector End View (C-05, C-06, C-10, C-11, C-12)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-37)
        • Front Door Speaker (RH) Connector End View (H-26)
        • Rear Heater Unit Connector End View (G-25 Or G-23)
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Connector End View (G-27)
        • Side Step Light Assembly (RH) Connector End View (F-30)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (2) Connector End View (B-24X)
        • Windshield Washer Motor Connector End View (A-33)
        • Air Mixing Damper Control Motor Connector End View
        • Inspection Connector End View (B-25X)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-217) Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Relay Connector End View (B-23X)
        • Right Hand Side Impact Sensor Connector End View (F-19)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-111) Connector End View
        • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor Connector End View (G-22 -- 3)
        • VTR Adapter Connector End View (G-29)
        • Front Propeller Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-13)
        • Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (C-14)
        • Back Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View
        • Condenser Fan Motor Connector End View (A-26)
        • TPMS Receiver Connector End View (G-28-1)
        • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Connector End View (G-05)
        • TPMS Antenna (Front-RH) Connector End View (G-28-11)
        • Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View (F-29)
        • M-ASTC-ECU Connector End View (E-121)
        • HBB (Connector B) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (G-28-6) Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (D-220) Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (C-04)
        • Driver's Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (F-18)
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Personal Light (RH) Connector End View (F-04)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-209) Connector End View
        • Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (C-15)
        • Rear Door Speaker (LH) Connector End View (H-12)
        • Front Power Window Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch Connector End View
        • A/T Control Relay Connector End View (D-13)
        • Intermediate Connector (G-10) Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (B-56)
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (A-29)
        • Magnetic Valve Connector End View (G-26-4)
        • Radio And CD Player Connector End View (D-06)
        • Fog Light (LH) Connector End View (A-21)
        • Intermediate Connector (G-26-1) Connector End View
        • Shift Actuator Connector End View (C-09)
        • Back Door Switch Connector End View
        • Inside/Outside Air Changeover Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Front Turn-Signal Light (LH) Connector End View (A-19)
        • Defogger Relay Connector End View (D-216)
        • Rear Power Window Sub-Switch Connector End View (H-02)
        • Tweeter (RH) Connector End View (H-15)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-16) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (E-113) Connector End View
        • Central Door Lock Switch - Passenger Side Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-26) Connector End View
        • Front Blower Relay Connector End View (D-218)
        • Defogger Connector End View (I-03)
        • Rear Washer Motor Connector End View (I-08)
        • Automatic Compressor Controller Connector End View
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-48)
        • Rear Cooler Control Unit Connector End View (E-09)
        • Video Controller Unit Connector End View (F-34, F-35, F-36, F-37)
        • Rear Cooler Unit Connector End View (G-13)
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (D-05 And D-03)
        • Front Turn-Signal Light (RH) Connector End View (A-35)
        • Dual Pressure Switch Connector End View (A-22)
        • Outside/Inside Air Selection Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (G-28-7 And G-28-9) Connector End View
        • Air Thermo Sensor Connector End View (G-26 -- 3)
        • Headlight (RH) Connector End View (A-32)
        • Intermediate Connector (G-11) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (A-25) Connector End View
        • Active Skid Control Switch Connector End View (E-125)
        • Sunroof Motor Assembly Connector End View (F-02)
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Door Switch (RH) Connector End View (F-05)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (E-08)
        • Data Link Connector End View (D-118)
        • TPMS Receiver Connector End View (G-28)
        • Power Window Main Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Cooler Switch (Temperature Switch) Connector End View
        • Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View (F-27)
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (D-223 And D-224)
        • Horn (Low) Connector End View (A-28)
        • Transfer Shift Lever Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-25) Connector End View
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View
        • Ground Joint Connector (D-14) Connector End View
        • Cargo Space Light Connector End View (F-06)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-11) Connector End View
        • Rear Wiper Motor Connector End View (I-07)
        • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Connector End View (D-201)
        • Front Passenger's Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (H-24)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (D-206)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-34) Connector End View
        • Fog Light (LH) Connector End View (A-15, A-21 And A-25)
        • Blower Resistor Connector End View
        • Rear Power Window Motor (RH) Connector End View (H-23)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-28) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-125) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (B-08) Connector End View
        • Photo Sensor Connector End View (D-09)
        • Blower Motor Connector End View (D-113)
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (D-03 And D-32)
        • Taillight (LH) Connector End View (G-16)
        • HBB Connector End View (B-14)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-207) Connector End View
        • Position Light (LH) Connector End View (A-18)
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-07X)
        • Woofer Connector End View (G-01)
        • Intermediate Connector (F-12) Connector End View
        • Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View
        • Front Power Window Motor (LH) Connector End View (H-04)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-19) Connector End View
        • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Connector End View (A-11X)
        • Joint Connector (D-01) Connector End View
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Connector End View (B-29)
        • DVD Player Connector End View (D-33, D-35)
        • Mixing Damper Control Motor Connector End View
        • Front Power Window Sub-Switch (RH) Connector End View (H-16)
        • Condenser Fan Control Relay Connector End View (A-09X)
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (B-12)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-15) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (H-18)
        • Rear Heater Switch Connector End View (E-21)
        • Intermediate Connector (F-23) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Connector End View (G-04)
        • Free-Wheel Engage Switch Connector End View (B-39)
        • Cargo Space Light Connector End View (F-08)
        • Motor Relay B Connector End View (B-54X)
        • Hood Switch Connector End View (A-14)
        • Fog Light Switch Connector End View (D-127)
        • Passenger's Air Bag Module Connector End View (D-11)
        • Front Impact Sensor (RH) Connector End View (A-30)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-27) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (F-07) Connector End View
        • Transfer-ECU Connector End View (E-104)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-221) Connector End View
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (E-07)
        • TPMS Antenna (Front-LH) Connector End View (G-28-10)
        • Joint Connector (D-29) Connector End View
        • Back Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (I-06)
        • Joint Connector (A-16) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (E-114) Connector End View
        • Transfer Shift Lever Switch Connector End View (E-116)
        • Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (H-27)
        • Rear Washer Motor Connector End View
        • Theft-Alarm Horn Connector End View (A-04)
        • Condenser Fan Control Relay Connector End View
        • Joint Connector (D-02) Connector End View
        • Joint Connector (D-30) Connector End View
        • Front Impact Sensor (LH) Connector End View (A-23)
        • Column Switch Connector End View (D-203)
        • Back Door Switch Connector End View (G-15)
        • Key Reminder Switch Connector End View (D-202)
        • Rear Fan Control Switch Connector End View (E-12)
        • Rear Blower Relay Connector End View (D-213)
        • Driver's Door Switch Connector End View (F-14)
        • Air Thermo Sensor Connector End View (G-13 -- 3)
        • ABS Sensor (Rear LH) Connector End View (G-14)
        • Front-ECU Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Relay (1) Connector End View (B-19X)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-211) Connector End View
        • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (D-22)
        • Steering Wheel Sensor Connector End View (D-225)
        • HBB Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Rear Cooler Switch Connector End View (E-17)
        • Column Switch (Switch Body) Connector End View
        • Hood Switch Connector End View
        • Door Switch Connector End View
        • Yaw Rate Sensor Connector End View (E-126)
        • Passenger's Door Switch Connector End View (F-22)
        • Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-26)
        • Side-Airbag Module (LH) Connector End View (F-15)
        • Rear Propeller Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-07)
        • Rear A/C Control Unit Connector End View (E-20)
        • Ignition Coil Connector End View (B-31, B-32 And B-34)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-28)
        • Resistor Connector End View (D-130)
        • Heated Door Mirrors Connector End View
        • Joint Connector (D-131) Connector End View
        • 4LLC Detection Switch Connector End View (C-05)
        • Intermediate Connector (B-27) Connector End View
        • Injector Connector End View (B-01, B-02 And B-03, B-11, B-33 And B-35)
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Connector End View (B-04)
        • HBB Connector A Connector End View
        • Side Step Light Assembly (LH) Connector End View (F-31)
        • Rear Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (G-02)
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-02)
        • Injector Intermediate Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (B-44) Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Connector End View (G-03)
        • PCM Connector End View (D-132, D-133, D-134, D-135, D-136)
        • A/C Compressor Connector End View (B-30)
        • Intermediate Connector (A-05) Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Connector End View (B-38)
        • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Connector End View (D-105)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay Connector End View (A-12X)
        • Shift Switch Assembly Connector End View (E-115)
        • Side-Airbag Module (RH) Connector End View (F-21)
        • Back Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (F-10) Connector End View
        • Power Window Motor - Rear Door Connector End View
        • Fog Light (RH) Connector End View (A-31)
        • HBB Connector End View (B-17)
        • Position Light (RH) Connector End View (A-36)
        • Rear Passenger Door Lock Actuator s
        • Condenser Fan Motor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-10)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-112) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (E-123) Connector End View
        • Rear Heater Switch (Temperature Control Switch) Connector End View
        • Input Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-16)
        • Power Window Relay Connector End View (D-219)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-139) Connector End View
        • Front Power Window Motor (RH) Connector End View (H-17)
        • M-ASTC-ECU Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (LH) Connector End View (F-13)
        • Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View
        • Free-Wheel Engage Solenoid Valve Connector End View (A-38 And A-39)
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch Connector End View (D-103)
        • Amplifier Connector End View (G-19)
        • Horn (High) Connector End View (A-27)
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Connector End View (B-05)
        • Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View
        • Buzzer Connector End View (E-107)
        • Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-55)
        • DVD Player Connector Rear Display Connector End View (F-32, F-33)
        • Tweeter (LH) Connector End View (H-06)
        • Front Door Speaker (LH) Connector End View (H-08)
        • Immobilizer-ECU Connector End View (D-121)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-124) Connector End View
        • Horn Relay Connector End View (A-10X)
        • Rear Power Window Motor (LH) Connector End View (H-11)
        • Volume Airflow Sensor Connector End View (B-48)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (F-01)
        • Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-07)
        • Magnetic Valve Connector End View (G-13 -- 2)
        • Shift Lever Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Heater Unit Connector End View (G-26 And G-24)
        • TPMS Antenna (Rear-RH) Connector End View (G-28-2)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-110) Connector End View
        • License Plate Light Assembly Connector End View (I-04)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (D-205, D-226, D-227, D-230)
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator (Rear, LH) Connector End View (H-13)
        • A/C Sensor Connector End View (D-21)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-122) Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-36)
        • Back Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (I-05)
        • Fog Light Relay Connector End View (A-13X)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-08)
        • Front Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View (A-24)
        • Door Lock Actuator (Rear, RH) Connector End View (H-21)
        • Security Indicator Light Connector End View
        • Rear Door Speaker (RH) Connector End View (H-22)
    • Electrical
      • Harness Connector Inspection
        • Connector Continuity And Voltage Test
        • Improper Terminal Engagement Check
        • Connector Terminal Engagement And Disengagement
        • Computer Connector
        • Round Waterproof Connector
        • Rectangular Waterproof Connector
        • Injector Connector
      • How To Diagnose
        • How To Diagnose
        • Troubleshooting Steps
        • Information For Diagnosis
        • Inspection
        • Inspection Instruments
        • Checking Fuses
          • Notes
          • Cautions In Event Of Blown Fuse
        • Checking Switches
        • Checking Relays
        • Cables And Wires Check
        • Battery Handling
        • General Electrical System Check
    • Simplified Wiring System (SWS)
      • General Description
        • Communication Method
        • Operation
          • Tone Alarm Function
            • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
            • RV Meter Tone Alarm Function
          • Central Door Locking System
            • Central Door Locking System Operation
            • Forgotten Key Prevention Function
          • Power Window Relay Control
            • Power Window Relay Operation
            • Power Window Timer Function
          • Keyless Entry System
          • Sunroof
            • Sunroof Operation
            • Sunroof Timer Function
          • Windshield Wipers And Washers
            • Windshield Low-Speed (And High-Speed) Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Mist Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Washer Operation
          • Rear Wiper And Washer
            • Rear Wiper Operation
            • Rear Washer Operation
          • Seat Belt Warning Light
          • Headlight
            • Headlight Automatic Shutdown Function
          • Headlight Dimmer Switch Automatic
            • Resetting Function
          • Flasher Timer
            • Turn-Signal Light
            • Hazard Warning Light
          • Fog Light
          • Dome Light
          • Theft-Alarm System
            • Theft-Alarm System Operation
            • Panic Alarm Function
          • Configuration Function
      • SWS Diagnosis
        • General Description
          • Before Carrying Out Troubleshooting
          • SWS Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • How To Connect SWS Monitor
          • How To Use SWS Monitor
          • HOW TO CHECK ECUs
          • Service Data Check
          • Pulse Check
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedures
        • Ecu Communication System
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-1: Communication With The SWS Monitor Kit Is Not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-2: Communication With The Column Switch (Column-ECU) Is Not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-3: Communication With The ETACS-ECU Is Not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-4: Communication With The Front-ECU Is Not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-5: Communication With The Sunroof Motor Assembly (Sunroof-ECU) Is Not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-6: Communication With The RV Meter Is Not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Tone Alarm
          • General Description Concerning Tone Alarm
            • Notes
            • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
            • RV Meter Operating Sound Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For RV Meter Operating Sound Function
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-1: Tone Alarm: Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-2: Tone Alarm: Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-3: Tone Alarm: Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-4: Tone Alarm: RV Meter Operating Sound Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Central Door Locking System
          • General Description Concerning The Central Door Locking System
          • Door Lock Function
            • Operating The Driver's Or Front Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder
            • Operating The Driver's Or Front Passenger's Door Lock Switch
            • Operating The Driver's Door Inside Lock Knob
          • Door Unlock Function
            • Operating The Driver's Door Lock Key Cylinder
            • Operating The Front Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder
            • Operating The Driver's Or Front Passenger's Door Lock Switch
            • Forgotten Key Prevention Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Central Door Locking System
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-1: Central Door Locking System: Central Door Lock System Does Not Work At All.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-2: Central Door Locking System: Some Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-3: Central Door Locking System: All The Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock With Just The Door Lock Switch Operation.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-4: Central Door Locking System: All The Doors Do Not Lock Or Unlock With Just The Door Lock Key Cylinder Key Operation.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-5: Central Door Locking System: All The Doors Do Not Lock With Just The Driver's Inside Lock Knob Operation.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-6: Central Door Locking System: Forgotten Key Prevention Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Power Windows
          • General Description Concerning The Power Windows
          • Power Window Main Switch Function
            • Raises The Driver's Power Window
            • Lowers The Driver's Power Window
            • Lowers The Driver's Power Window By One-Shot Down Function
            • Raises The Passenger's Power Window
            • Lowers The Passenger's Power Window
          • Power Window Sub Switch Function
            • Raises The Passenger's Power Window
            • Lowers The Passenger's Power Window
            • Power Window Timer Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Power Windows
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-1: Power Window: Power Windows Do Not Work At All.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-2: Power Window: The Power Window Timer Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-3: Power Window: Only The Front Power Window (LH) Does Not Work Normally By Operating The Power Window Main Switch.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-4: Power Window: Power Windows Do Not Work Normally By Operating The Front Passenger's And Rear Power Window Sub-Switches.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-5: Power Window: Front Passenger's And Rear Power Windows Do Not Work Normally By Operating The Power Window Main Switch.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Keyless Entry System
          • General Description Concerning The Keyless Entry System
          • All Door Lock Function
            • Operate The Transmitter Lock Switch
          • Driver's Door Unlock Function
            • Press The Transmitter Unlock Switch Once
          • All Door Unlock Function
            • Press The Transmitter Unlock Switch Twice
            • Keyless Entry Hazard Answerback And Horn Answerback Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Keyless Entry System
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-1: Keyless Entry System: Keyless Entry System Does Not Operate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-2: Keyless Entry System: The Dome Light, Hazard Warning Lights (Turn-Signal Lights) And Horn Do Not Operate Through The Answerback Function.
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-3: Keyless Entry System: Encrypted Code Cannot Be Registered
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Sunroof
          • General Description Concerning The Sunroof
            • Notes
            • General Circuit Diagram Regarding The Sunroof
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-1: Sunroof: Sunroof Does Not Operate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-2: Sunroof: Any Of The Sunroof Switch Positions Is Defective.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-3: Sunroof: Sunroof Timer Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-4: Sunroof: Safety Mechanism Does Not Function.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • General Description Concerning The Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • Windshield Wiper And Washer Control Function
            • Intermittent Control
            • Mist Wiper Control
            • Low Speed Wiper, High Speed Wiper Control
            • Washer Control
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-1: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Wipers Does Not Work At All.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-2: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Wipers Do Not Work When The Windshield Wiper Switch Is At "INT" Or "MIST" position Or The Windshield Washer Switch Is At "ON" Position. However, The Wipers Work At Low Speed When The Windshield Wiper Switch Is At "LO" Or "HI."
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-3: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Wipers Do Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-4: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Wipers Do Not Stop At The Specified Park Position.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-5: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Is Not Changed By Operating The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Adjusting Knob Or According To The Vehicle Speed.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-6: Windshield Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Washer Does Not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Rear Wiper And Washer
          • General Description Concerning The Rear Wiper And Washer
          • Rear Wiper And Washer Control Function
            • Rear Wiper Control
            • Rear Washer Control
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Rear Wiper And Washer
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-1: Rear Wiper And Washer: Rear Wiper Does Not Work At All.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-2: Rear Wiper And Washer: Rear Wiper Does Not Stop At The Predetermined Park Position.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-3: Rear Wiper And Washer: When The Selector Lever Is Moved To "R" Position During The Rear Wiper Operation, The Rear Wiper Does Not Operate At The Continuous Mode.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-4: Rear Wiper And Washer: The Windshield Washer Does Not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Seat Belt Warning Light
          • General Description Concerning Seat Belt Warning Light
            • Notes
            • Seat Belt Warning Light Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Seat Belt Warning Light Function
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE I-1: Seat Belt Warning Light: Seat Belt Warning Light Does Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Headlight And Taillight
          • General Description Concerning Headlight And Taillight
          • Taillights And Headlights Illumination
            • Taillight
            • Headlights And High-Beam Indicator Light
            • Headlight Automatic-Shutdown Function
            • Dimmer Automatic Reset Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Taillights
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Headlights
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-1: Headlight And Taillight: The Taillights Does Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-2: Headlight And Taillight: Headlights (Low-Beam) Do Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-3: Headlight And Taillight: Headlights (High-Beam) Do Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-4: Headlight And Taillight: Headlights Do Not Illuminate When The Passing Switch Is Operated.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-5: Headlight And Taillight: Headlights Do Not Illuminate When The Lighting Switch Is At "TAIL," And "PASSING" Position, But Illuminate At Low-Beam When The Switch Is At "HEAD" Position. At This Position, The Headlights Cannot Be Changed Into High Beam By Operating The Dimmer Switch.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-6: Headlight And Taillight: Any Of Taillights, The Position Lights, The Side Marker Light Or The License Plate Lights Do Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure J-7: Headlight And Taillight: One Of The Headlights Does Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • Inspection Procedure J-8: Headlight And Taillight: The High-Beam Indicator Light Does Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-9: Headlight And Taillight: Headlight Automatic Shutdown Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-10: Headlight And Taillight: Headlight Dimmer Switch Automatic Resetting Function Does Not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-11: Headlight And Taillight: Daytime Running Light Function Does Not Work Normally. < Vehicles For Canada >
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Flasher Timer
          • General Description Concerning Flasher Timer
          • Flasher Timer Function
            • Turn Signal Light
            • Hazard Warning Light
            • General Circuit For Turn Signal Light And Hazard Light
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-1: Flasher Timer: Turn-Signal Lights Do Not Flash When The Turn-Signal Light Switch Is Operated.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-2: Flasher Timer: Hazard Warning Lights Do Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-3: Flasher Timer: One Of The Turn-Signal Lights Do Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Fog Light
          • General Description Concerning Fog Light
            • Notes
            • Fog Light And Fog Light Indicator Light
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Fog Lights
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-1: Fog Light: Fog Lights Do Not Illuminate When The Fog Light Switch Is Operated.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-2: Fog Light: Fog Lights Do Not Go Out When The Headlights (Low-Beam) Are Turned Off While The Fog Lights Are On.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-3: Fog Light: One Of The Fog Lights Does Not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Interior Light
          • General Description Concerning Interior Light
            • Notes
            • Dome Light Control Function
            • Ignition Key Hole Illumination Light Function
            • General Circuit Diagram For Interior Lights
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-1: Interior Light: The Dome Light Do Not Illuminate Or Go Out Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-2: Interior Light: Dome Light Dimming Function Does Not Work normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-3: Interior Light: The Ignition Key Hole Illumination Light Does Not Illuminate Or Go Out Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Theft-Alarm System
          • General Description Concerning The Theft-Alarm System
          • Theft-Alarm System
            • Arming The System
            • Disarming The System
            • Activating The Alarm
            • Deactivating The Alarm
            • Checking The System Operation
            • General Circuit Diagram For The Theft-Alarm
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-1: Theft-Alarm System: Theft-Alarm System Is Not Armed (Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Does Not Illuminate).
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-2: Theft-Alarm System: Horn Does Not Sound When The Theft-Alarm Is Triggered.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-3: Theft-Alarm System: Headlights (High-Beam) Do Not Flash When The Theft-Alarm System Is Triggered.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-4: Theft-Alarm System: Panic Alarm Function Does Not Work.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
      • Input Signal Chart
      • Input Signal Procedures
        • Inspection Procedure O-1: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Ignition Switch (Acc).
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-2: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Ignition Switch (IG1).
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-3: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Fog Light Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-4: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive "R" Position Signal From The Transmission Range Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-5: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Driver's Or The Front Passenger's Door Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-6: Column Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Taillight Switch, The Headlight Switch, The Passing Light Switch, The Dimmer Switch Or The Turn-Signal Light Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-7: Column Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From Windshield Mist Wiper Switch, Windshield Intermittent Wiper Switch, Windshield Low-Speed Wiper Switch, Windshield High-Speed Wiper Switch, Windshield Washer Switch, Rear Wiper Switch Or Rear Washer Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-8: Column Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Adjusting Knob.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-9: Sunroof Switch: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Up, Open Or Close/Down Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure O-10: RV Meter: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From Any Control Switches.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-1: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Key Reminder Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-2: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Hazard Warning Light Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-3: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Driver's Seat Belt Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-4: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From All The Door Switches.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-5: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Driver's, Front Passenger's Or Back Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-6: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Driver's, Front Passenger's Or Back Door Lock Actuator Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-7: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Door Lock Switch (Incorporated In Power Window Main Switch And Power Window Sub Switch).
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-8: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive An Auto-Stop Signal From The Rear Wiper Motor.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-9: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From Hood Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-10: Transmitter: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive Any Signal From The Lock, Unlock Switch Or Panic Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
      • Check At Ecu Terminal
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Adjustment Procedures Of SWS Function < Vehicles With Keyless Entry System >
          • Notes
          • Entry Conditions For Adjustment Mode
          • Release Conditions For The Adjustment Mode
          • Configuration Of Functions
  • Starter
    • Specifications - Charging/Starting
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
      • Service Specification(S)
    • Starting System
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Operation
      • Starting System Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Hints
        • Troubleshooting Guide
      • Starter Motor Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Pinion Gap Adjustment
          • Magnetic Switch Pull-In Test
          • Magnetic Switch Hold-In Test
          • Free Running Test
          • Magnetic Switch Return Test
          • Commutator Check
          • Brush Check
          • Overrunning Clutch Check
          • Front And Rear Bracket Bushing Check
          • Armature Check
          • Magnetic Switch
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Magnetic Switch Removal
            • << B >> Snap Ring And Stop Ring Removal
            • Starter Motor Part Cleaning
          • Starter Motor Part Cleaning
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Stop Ring And Snap Ring Installation
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Joint Connector (A-17) Connector End View
        • Auto-Cruise Control Switch Connector End View (D-227)
        • Outside/Inside Air Selection Damper Control Motor Connector End View (D-10)
        • Rear Door Switch (LH) Connector End View (F-09)
        • Front Blower Relay Connector End View
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View (G-03)
        • Data Link Connector End View (D-117)
        • HBB Connector End View
        • Driver's Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (H-10)
        • Heater Blower Controller Unit Connector End View (D-17)
        • Rear Heater Control Unit Connector End View (E-01)
        • Expansion Valve (Magnet Valve) Connector End View
        • Heater Water Temperature Sensor Connector End View (D-19)
        • Driver's Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (H-03)
        • M-ASTC-ECU Connector End View (E-119 And E-120)
        • HBB Connector End View (B-18)
        • Defogger Connector End View (I-01)
        • Motor Antenna-ECU Connector End View
        • Headlight (LH) Connector End View (A-20)
        • A/C-ECU Connector End View (D-23 And D-24)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-212) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (F-24) Connector End View
        • Joint Connector (A-15) Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (D-222)
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View (D-204)
        • Intermediate Connector (A-03) Connector End View
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (D-03 And D-04)
        • Rear Blower Motor Connector End View (G-06-1)
        • ABS Sensor (Rear LH) Connector End View (G-21)
        • Blower Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (D-208) Connector End View
        • RV Meter Connector End View (D-08, D-07)
        • MFI Relay Connector End View (B-22X)
        • Rear A/C Unit Connector End View (G-06 And G-22)
        • Heater Control Assembly Connector End View
        • Rear Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (G-09)
        • Side Step Light-ECU Connector End View (D-137)
        • Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (G-26-2)
        • Air Mixing Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (D-20)
        • Rear Power Window Sub-Switch (RH) Connector End View (H-19)
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (B-09)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-111) Connector End View
        • Power Window Main Switch Connector End View (H-05)
        • Dome Light Connector End View (F-03)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-210) Connector End View
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-08X)
        • A/T Control Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (C-03)
        • Rear Blower Unit Connector End View (G-06)
        • Joint Connector (D-116) Connector End View
        • Stoplight Switch Connector End View (D-123)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View (D-138)
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Connector End View (B-06)
        • Transfer-ECU Connector End View (E-109)
        • Detection Switch Connector End View (C-05, C-06, C-10, C-11, C-12)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-37)
        • Front Door Speaker (RH) Connector End View (H-26)
        • Rear Heater Unit Connector End View (G-25 Or G-23)
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Connector End View (G-27)
        • Side Step Light Assembly (RH) Connector End View (F-30)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (2) Connector End View (B-24X)
        • Windshield Washer Motor Connector End View (A-33)
        • Air Mixing Damper Control Motor Connector End View
        • Inspection Connector End View (B-25X)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-217) Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Relay Connector End View (B-23X)
        • Right Hand Side Impact Sensor Connector End View (F-19)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-111) Connector End View
        • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor Connector End View (G-22 -- 3)
        • VTR Adapter Connector End View (G-29)
        • Front Propeller Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-13)
        • Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (C-14)
        • Back Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View
        • Condenser Fan Motor Connector End View (A-26)
        • TPMS Receiver Connector End View (G-28-1)
        • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Connector End View (G-05)
        • TPMS Antenna (Front-RH) Connector End View (G-28-11)
        • Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View (F-29)
        • M-ASTC-ECU Connector End View (E-121)
        • HBB (Connector B) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (G-28-6) Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (D-220) Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (C-04)
        • Driver's Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (F-18)
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Personal Light (RH) Connector End View (F-04)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-209) Connector End View
        • Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (C-15)
        • Rear Door Speaker (LH) Connector End View (H-12)
        • Front Power Window Motor Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch Connector End View
        • A/T Control Relay Connector End View (D-13)
        • Intermediate Connector (G-10) Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View (B-56)
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (A-29)
        • Magnetic Valve Connector End View (G-26-4)
        • Radio And CD Player Connector End View (D-06)
        • Fog Light (LH) Connector End View (A-21)
        • Intermediate Connector (G-26-1) Connector End View
        • Shift Actuator Connector End View (C-09)
        • Back Door Switch Connector End View
        • Inside/Outside Air Changeover Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Front Turn-Signal Light (LH) Connector End View (A-19)
        • Defogger Relay Connector End View (D-216)
        • Rear Power Window Sub-Switch Connector End View (H-02)
        • Tweeter (RH) Connector End View (H-15)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-16) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (E-113) Connector End View
        • Central Door Lock Switch - Passenger Side Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-26) Connector End View
        • Front Blower Relay Connector End View (D-218)
        • Defogger Connector End View (I-03)
        • Rear Washer Motor Connector End View (I-08)
        • Automatic Compressor Controller Connector End View
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-48)
        • Rear Cooler Control Unit Connector End View (E-09)
        • Video Controller Unit Connector End View (F-34, F-35, F-36, F-37)
        • Rear Cooler Unit Connector End View (G-13)
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (D-05 And D-03)
        • Front Turn-Signal Light (RH) Connector End View (A-35)
        • Dual Pressure Switch Connector End View (A-22)
        • Outside/Inside Air Selection Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (G-28-7 And G-28-9) Connector End View
        • Air Thermo Sensor Connector End View (G-26 -- 3)
        • Headlight (RH) Connector End View (A-32)
        • Intermediate Connector (G-11) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (A-25) Connector End View
        • Active Skid Control Switch Connector End View (E-125)
        • Sunroof Motor Assembly Connector End View (F-02)
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Door Switch (RH) Connector End View (F-05)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (E-08)
        • Data Link Connector End View (D-118)
        • TPMS Receiver Connector End View (G-28)
        • Power Window Main Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Cooler Switch (Temperature Switch) Connector End View
        • Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View (F-27)
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (D-223 And D-224)
        • Horn (Low) Connector End View (A-28)
        • Transfer Shift Lever Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-25) Connector End View
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View
        • Ground Joint Connector (D-14) Connector End View
        • Cargo Space Light Connector End View (F-06)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-11) Connector End View
        • Rear Wiper Motor Connector End View (I-07)
        • Ignition Key Ring Antenna Connector End View (D-201)
        • Front Passenger's Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (H-24)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (D-206)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-34) Connector End View
        • Fog Light (LH) Connector End View (A-15, A-21 And A-25)
        • Blower Resistor Connector End View
        • Rear Power Window Motor (RH) Connector End View (H-23)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-28) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-125) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (B-08) Connector End View
        • Photo Sensor Connector End View (D-09)
        • Blower Motor Connector End View (D-113)
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (D-03 And D-32)
        • Taillight (LH) Connector End View (G-16)
        • HBB Connector End View (B-14)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-207) Connector End View
        • Position Light (LH) Connector End View (A-18)
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-07X)
        • Woofer Connector End View (G-01)
        • Intermediate Connector (F-12) Connector End View
        • Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View
        • Front Power Window Motor (LH) Connector End View (H-04)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-19) Connector End View
        • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Connector End View (A-11X)
        • Joint Connector (D-01) Connector End View
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Connector End View (B-29)
        • DVD Player Connector End View (D-33, D-35)
        • Mixing Damper Control Motor Connector End View
        • Front Power Window Sub-Switch (RH) Connector End View (H-16)
        • Condenser Fan Control Relay Connector End View (A-09X)
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (B-12)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-15) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (H-18)
        • Rear Heater Switch Connector End View (E-21)
        • Intermediate Connector (F-23) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Connector End View (G-04)
        • Free-Wheel Engage Switch Connector End View (B-39)
        • Cargo Space Light Connector End View (F-08)
        • Motor Relay B Connector End View (B-54X)
        • Hood Switch Connector End View (A-14)
        • Fog Light Switch Connector End View (D-127)
        • Passenger's Air Bag Module Connector End View (D-11)
        • Front Impact Sensor (RH) Connector End View (A-30)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-27) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (F-07) Connector End View
        • Transfer-ECU Connector End View (E-104)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-221) Connector End View
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (E-07)
        • TPMS Antenna (Front-LH) Connector End View (G-28-10)
        • Joint Connector (D-29) Connector End View
        • Back Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (I-06)
        • Joint Connector (A-16) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (E-114) Connector End View
        • Transfer Shift Lever Switch Connector End View (E-116)
        • Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (H-27)
        • Rear Washer Motor Connector End View
        • Theft-Alarm Horn Connector End View (A-04)
        • Condenser Fan Control Relay Connector End View
        • Joint Connector (D-02) Connector End View
        • Joint Connector (D-30) Connector End View
        • Front Impact Sensor (LH) Connector End View (A-23)
        • Column Switch Connector End View (D-203)
        • Back Door Switch Connector End View (G-15)
        • Key Reminder Switch Connector End View (D-202)
        • Rear Fan Control Switch Connector End View (E-12)
        • Rear Blower Relay Connector End View (D-213)
        • Driver's Door Switch Connector End View (F-14)
        • Air Thermo Sensor Connector End View (G-13 -- 3)
        • ABS Sensor (Rear LH) Connector End View (G-14)
        • Front-ECU Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Relay (1) Connector End View (B-19X)
        • Junction Block Connector (D-211) Connector End View
        • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor And Potentiometer Connector End View (D-22)
        • Steering Wheel Sensor Connector End View (D-225)
        • HBB Solenoid Valve Connector End View
        • Rear Cooler Switch Connector End View (E-17)
        • Column Switch (Switch Body) Connector End View
        • Hood Switch Connector End View
        • Door Switch Connector End View
        • Yaw Rate Sensor Connector End View (E-126)
        • Passenger's Door Switch Connector End View (F-22)
        • Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-26)
        • Side-Airbag Module (LH) Connector End View (F-15)
        • Rear Propeller Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-07)
        • Rear A/C Control Unit Connector End View (E-20)
        • Ignition Coil Connector End View (B-31, B-32 And B-34)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-28)
        • Resistor Connector End View (D-130)
        • Heated Door Mirrors Connector End View
        • Joint Connector (D-131) Connector End View
        • 4LLC Detection Switch Connector End View (C-05)
        • Intermediate Connector (B-27) Connector End View
        • Injector Connector End View (B-01, B-02 And B-03, B-11, B-33 And B-35)
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Connector End View (B-04)
        • HBB Connector A Connector End View
        • Side Step Light Assembly (LH) Connector End View (F-31)
        • Rear Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (G-02)
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-02)
        • Injector Intermediate Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (B-44) Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Connector End View (G-03)
        • PCM Connector End View (D-132, D-133, D-134, D-135, D-136)
        • A/C Compressor Connector End View (B-30)
        • Intermediate Connector (A-05) Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Connector End View (B-38)
        • Theft-Alarm Indicator Light Connector End View (D-105)
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay Connector End View (A-12X)
        • Shift Switch Assembly Connector End View (E-115)
        • Side-Airbag Module (RH) Connector End View (F-21)
        • Back Door Lock Actuator Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (F-10) Connector End View
        • Power Window Motor - Rear Door Connector End View
        • Fog Light (RH) Connector End View (A-31)
        • HBB Connector End View (B-17)
        • Position Light (RH) Connector End View (A-36)
        • Rear Passenger Door Lock Actuator s
        • Condenser Fan Motor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-10)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-112) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (E-123) Connector End View
        • Rear Heater Switch (Temperature Control Switch) Connector End View
        • Input Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-16)
        • Power Window Relay Connector End View (D-219)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-139) Connector End View
        • Front Power Window Motor (RH) Connector End View (H-17)
        • M-ASTC-ECU Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (LH) Connector End View (F-13)
        • Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View
        • Free-Wheel Engage Solenoid Valve Connector End View (A-38 And A-39)
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch Connector End View (D-103)
        • Amplifier Connector End View (G-19)
        • Horn (High) Connector End View (A-27)
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Connector End View (B-05)
        • Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View
        • Buzzer Connector End View (E-107)
        • Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-55)
        • DVD Player Connector Rear Display Connector End View (F-32, F-33)
        • Tweeter (LH) Connector End View (H-06)
        • Front Door Speaker (LH) Connector End View (H-08)
        • Immobilizer-ECU Connector End View (D-121)
        • Intermediate Connector (D-124) Connector End View
        • Horn Relay Connector End View (A-10X)
        • Rear Power Window Motor (LH) Connector End View (H-11)
        • Volume Airflow Sensor Connector End View (B-48)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (F-01)
        • Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-07)
        • Magnetic Valve Connector End View (G-13 -- 2)
        • Shift Lever Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Heater Unit Connector End View (G-26 And G-24)
        • TPMS Antenna (Rear-RH) Connector End View (G-28-2)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-110) Connector End View
        • License Plate Light Assembly Connector End View (I-04)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (D-205, D-226, D-227, D-230)
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator (Rear, LH) Connector End View (H-13)
        • A/C Sensor Connector End View (D-21)
        • Intermediate Connector (E-122) Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-36)
        • Back Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (I-05)
        • Fog Light Relay Connector End View (A-13X)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (C-08)
        • Front Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View (A-24)
        • Door Lock Actuator (Rear, RH) Connector End View (H-21)
        • Security Indicator Light Connector End View
        • Rear Door Speaker (RH) Connector End View (H-22)
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Engine Performance
        • 3.8L
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Antenna
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Engine Mechanical
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling
      • General Description
      • Special Tool
      • Engine Cooling Diagnosis
        • Introduction
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Coolant Leak
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Engine Overheating
            • Diagnosis
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Engine Coolant Leak Check
        • Radiator Cap Pressure Check
        • Engine Coolant Replacement
          • Changing Coolant
        • Engine Coolant Concentration Test
        • Drive Belt Tension Check And Adjustment
      • Radiator
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Radiator Shroud Upper Cover/Radiator Shroud Lower Cover Removal
            • << B >> Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose Removal
            • << C >> Radiator Upper Hose/Radiator Lower Hose Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • << A >> Radiator Lower Hose/Radiator Upper Hose Connection
            • >> B << Radiator Shroud Lower Cover/Radiator Shroud Upper Cover Installation
      • Cooling Fan
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Drive Belt Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Drive Belt Installation
            • >> B << Radiator Shroud Upper Cover Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cooling Fan Check
          • Fan Clutch Check
      • Thermostat
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Radiator Lower Hose Disconnection
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Thermostat Installation
            • >> B << Radiator Lower Hose Connection
        • Inspection
          • Thermostat Check
      • Water Pump
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Radiator Upper Hose Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << O-Ring Installation
            • >> B << Radiator Upper Hose Connection
      • Water Hose And Water Pipe
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Radiator Upper Hose Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Gasket Installation
            • >> B << Water Hose Connection
            • >> C << O-Ring Installation
            • >> D << Radiator Upper Hose Connection
        • Inspection
          • Water Pipe and Hose Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specification
        • Service Specification
        • Capacities
        • Sealant
  • Intake And Exhaust
    • General Description
    • Intake And Exhaust Diagnosis
      • Introduction
      • Troubleshooting Strategy
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Exhaust Leakage
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Abnormal Noise
          • Diagnosis
    • Special Tool
    • On-Vehicle Service
      • Intake Manifold Tuning System Check
      • Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Check
      • Vacuum Tank Check
    • Air Cleaner
      • Removal And Installation
    • Intake Manifold
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Fuel Rail (With Injectors) Removal
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Intake Manifold Gasket Installation
          • >> B << Intake Manifold Installation
          • >> C << O-Ring/Fuel Pressure
            • Regulator/Fuel High-Pressure Hose Installation
          • >> D << Intake Manifold Plenum Gasket Installation
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Intake Manifold Check
    • Exhaust Manifold
      • Removal And Installation
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Exhaust Manifold Check
    • Exhaust Pipe And Main Muffler
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Installation
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Service Specification
  • Fuel System
    • Fuel Supply
      • General Description
      • Fuel Supply Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Fuel Supply Diagnosis
        • Fuel Supply Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Engine Malfunctions Due to Insufficient Fuel Supply
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Fuel Level Sensor Check
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Pump Operation Check
        • Fuel Pump Module Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Check
        • Leveling Valve Check
      • Fuel Tank
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Fuel High-Pressure Hose Removal
            • << B >> Disconnection Of Fuel Tank Breather Hose/Disconnection Of Fuel Tank Harness Connector
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Fuel High-Pressure Hose Installation
        • Inspection
          • Fuel Shut-Off Valve Check
        • Fuel Tank Rollover Valve Assembly Check
        • Fuel Pump (Module) Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << O-Ring / Grommet Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specification
        • Service Specification
  • Lubrication System
    • General Description
      • Notes
      • Engine Oils
        • Notes
        • Recommended Precautions
        • Other precautions:
    • Special Tool
    • On-Vehicle Service
      • Engine Oil Check
      • Engine Oil Replacement
      • Engine Oil Filter Replacement
      • Engine Oil Pressure Check
    • Engine Oil Cooler
      • Removal And Installation
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Service Specifications
      • Sealant
      • Lubricant
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil
  • Mechanical
    • Intake And Exhaust
      • General Description
      • Intake And Exhaust Diagnosis
        • Introduction
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Exhaust Leakage
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Abnormal Noise
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tool
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Intake Manifold Tuning System Check
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Check
        • Vacuum Tank Check
      • Air Cleaner
        • Removal And Installation
      • Intake Manifold
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Fuel Rail (With Injectors) Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Intake Manifold Gasket Installation
            • >> B << Intake Manifold Installation
            • >> C << O-Ring/Fuel Pressure
              • Regulator/Fuel High-Pressure Hose Installation
            • >> D << Intake Manifold Plenum Gasket Installation
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Intake Manifold Check
      • Exhaust Manifold
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Exhaust Manifold Check
      • Exhaust Pipe And Main Muffler
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specification
    • On-Vehicle Service
      • General Description
      • Engine Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Drive Belt Tension Check
        • Auto-TENSIONER Check
        • Ignition Timing Check
        • Curb Idle Speed Check
        • Idle Mixture Check
        • Compression Pressure Check
        • Manifold Vacuum Check
        • Lash Adjuster Check
          • Notes
          • Bleeding lash adjuster system
      • Engine Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly / A/C Compressor Assembly Removal
            • << B >> Engine Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Engine Assembly Installation
      • Camshaft And Valve Stem Seal
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Camshaft Sprocket Removal
            • << B >> Rocker Arm, Shaft And Lash Adjuster Assembly Removal
            • << C >> Valve Spring Retainer Locks Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Valve Stem Seals Installation
            • >> B << Valve Springs Installation
            • >> C << Valve Spring Retainer Locks Installation
            • >> D << Camshaft Position Sensor Support Installation
            • >> E << Rocker Arm, Shaft And Lash Adjuster Assembly Installation
            • >> F << Camshaft Sprocket Installation
      • Camshaft Oil Seal
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Camshaft Sprocket Removal
            • << B >> Camshaft Oil Seal Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Camshaft Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Camshaft Sprocket Installation
      • Oil Pan And Oil Screen
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Oil Pan Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Pan Installation
        • Inspection
      • Crankshaft Oil Seal
        • Removal And Installation < Front Oil Seal >
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Crankshaft Spacer / Crankshaft Sensing Blade / Crankshaft Sprocket Installation
        • Removal And Installation < Rear Oil Seal >
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Drive Plate Bolts Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Drive Plate Bolts Installation
      • Cylinder Head Gasket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Cylinder Head Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Cylinder Head Gasket Installation
            • >> B << Cylinder Head Assembly Installation
            • >> C << O-Ring Installation
            • >> D << Gasket/Water Passage Assembly Installation
      • Timing Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Drive Belt Auto TENSIONER Removal
            • << B >> Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly / A/C Compressor Assembly Removal
            • << C >> Crankshaft Pulley Removal
            • << D >> Timing Belt Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Auto-TENSIONER Installation
            • >> B << Timing Belt Installation
            • >> C << Crankshaft Pulley Installation
            • >> D << Accessory Mount Assembly Installation
            • >> E << Drive Belt Auto TENSIONER Installation
        • Inspection
          • Auto-TENSIONER
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricant
        • Sealants
    • Overhaul
      • Special Tools
      • Generator And Drive Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Crankshaft Bolt Loosening
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Crankshaft Bolt Tightening
      • Intake Manifold Plenum And Throttle Body Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Throttle Body Gasket Installation
      • Ignition System
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Camshaft Position Sensing Cylinder Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Camshaft Position Sensing Cylinder Installation
            • >> B << Camshaft Position Sensor Support Installation
      • Timing Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Timing Belt Removal
            • << B >> Camshaft Sprocket Bolt Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Camshaft Sprocket Bolt Installation
            • >> B << Crankshaft Sensing Blade/Crankshaft Spacer/Crankshaft Sprocket Installation
            • >> C << Auto-TENSIONER Installation
            • >> D << Timing Belt Installation
        • Inspection
          • Timing Belt
          • TENSIONER Pulley And Idler Pulley
          • Auto-TENSIONER
      • Intake Manifold And Fuel Parts
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Intake Manifold Installation
            • >> B << Injector Installation
            • >> C << Fuel Pressure Regulator Installation
            • >> D << O-Ring And Water Pipe Installation
            • >> E << Thermostat Installation
            • >> F << Sealant Application To Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
            • >> G << Sealant Application To Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit
      • Exhaust Manifold
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rocker Arms And Camshaft
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Rocker Arms And Shaft Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Camshaft Installation
            • >> B << Lash Adjuster Installation
            • >> C << Camshaft Oil Seal Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rocker Arm Shaft
          • Rocker Arm
          • Camshaft
          • Lash Adjusters
      • Cylinder Head And Valves
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Cylinder Head Bolt Removal
            • << B >> Retainer Lock Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Valve Stem Seal Installation
            • >> B << Valve Spring Installation
            • >> C << Retainer Lock Installation
            • >> D << Cylinder Head Bolt Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cylinder Head
          • Valve
          • Valve Springs
          • Valve Guides
          • Valve Seat
          • Valve Seat Reconditioning Procedure
          • Valve Seat Replacement Procedure
          • Valve Guide Replacement Procedure
      • Oil Pan And Oil Pump
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Oil Pan Removal
            • << B >> Outer Rotor/Inner Rotor Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Inner Rotor/Outer Rotor Installation
            • >> B << Crankshaft Oil Seal Installation
            • >> C << Oil Pan Installation
            • >> E << Oil Filter Installation
            • >> F << Sealant Application To Engine Oil
        • Inspection
          • Oil Pump
          • Oil Cooler Bypass Valve
      • Piston And Connecting Rod
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Connecting Rod Cap Removal
            • << B >> Piston Pin Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Piston Pin Installation
            • >> B << Oil Ring Installation
            • >> C << Piston Ring No. 2/Piston Ring No. 1 Installation
            • >> D << Connecting Rod Bearing Installation
            • >> E << Piston And Connecting Rod Installation
            • >> F << Connecting Rod Cap Installation
          • Installation
        • Inspection
          • Piston
          • Piston Pin
          • Piston Ring
          • Crankshaft Pin Oil Clearance < Plastic Gauging Material Method >
      • Crankshaft And Cylinder Block
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Knock Sensor Bracket Installation
            • >> B << Crankshaft Bearing Installation
            • >> C << Crankshaft Thrust Bearing Installation
            • >> D << Bearing Cap/Bearing Bolt Installation
            • >> E << Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
            • >> F << Oil Seal Case Installation
        • Inspection
          • Crankshaft Journal Oil Clearance < Plastic Gauging Material Method >
          • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal
          • Cylinder Block
          • Boring Cylinder
      • Bracket
        • Removal And Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Sealants And Adhesives
    • Power Plant Mount
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Special Tool
      • Engine Mounting
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Engine Mount Mounting Bolts And Nuts Removal
            • << B >> Engine Mount Removal
      • Transmission Mounting
        • Removal And Installation
      • No. 1 CROSSMEMBER
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Engine Mount Mounting Nuts Removal
            • << B >> No.1 CROSSMEMBER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specification
  • Starter
    • Specifications - Charging/Starting
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
      • Service Specification(S)
    • Starting System
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Operation
      • Starting System Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Hints
        • Troubleshooting Guide
      • Starter Motor Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Pinion Gap Adjustment
          • Magnetic Switch Pull-In Test
          • Magnetic Switch Hold-In Test
          • Free Running Test
          • Magnetic Switch Return Test
          • Commutator Check
          • Brush Check
          • Overrunning Clutch Check
          • Front And Rear Bracket Bushing Check
          • Armature Check
          • Magnetic Switch
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Magnetic Switch Removal
            • << B >> Snap Ring And Stop Ring Removal
            • Starter Motor Part Cleaning
          • Starter Motor Part Cleaning
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Stop Ring And Snap Ring Installation
  • Timing Belt Replacement - 3.8L
    • Manufacturer's Suggested Scheduled Maintenance
    • Removal & Installation
      • Notes
      • Removal
      • Inspection
      • Installation
    • Torque Specifications
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • EGR Function Testing - CHRYSLER/MITSUBISHI
      • EGR Function Testing - CHRYSLER/MITSUBISHI
        • Test 1
          • 1974-84 (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 2
          • 1978-87 Carbureted (Dual EGR Valves)
        • Test 3
          • 1983-85 Multiport Fuel Injection (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 4
          • 1986 Colt & Colt Vista (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 5
          • 1986-88 Cordia & Tredia (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 6
          • 1987 Colt, Colt Vista, Mirage, Raider, Ram-50, Montero & Pickup (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 7
          • 1987-88 All Others (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 8
          • 1989-96 Colt Wagon 1.8L, Montero (A/T), Raider (A/T), Sigma, Van/Wagon & All Other Federal Models (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 9
          • 1989-96 Montero (M/T), Raider (M/T) & All Other California Models (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 10
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Engine Control Systems
    • Engine Control
      • General Description
      • Engine Control System Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Engine Control System Diagnosis
        • Engine Control System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Throttle Valve Will Not Fully Open or Close
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Accelerator Pedal Operation Not Smooth (Over Acceleration)
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tool
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Adjustment
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Check
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Switch Check
      • Accelerator Cable And Pedal
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Accelerator Pedal Pad Installation
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Specifications - Emissions/Engine Controls
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Service Specifications
  • Fuel Delivery
    • Fuel Supply
      • General Description
      • Fuel Supply Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Fuel Supply Diagnosis
        • Fuel Supply Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Engine Malfunctions Due to Insufficient Fuel Supply
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Fuel Level Sensor Check
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
        • Fuel Pump Operation Check
        • Fuel Pump Module Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Check
        • Leveling Valve Check
      • Fuel Tank
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Fuel High-Pressure Hose Removal
            • << B >> Disconnection Of Fuel Tank Breather Hose/Disconnection Of Fuel Tank Harness Connector
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Fuel High-Pressure Hose Installation
        • Inspection
          • Fuel Shut-Off Valve Check
        • Fuel Tank Rollover Valve Assembly Check
        • Fuel Pump (Module) Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << O-Ring / Grommet Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specification
        • Service Specification
  • Ignition System
    • Ignition System
      • General Description
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Knock Control System Check
        • Spark Plug Cable Test
        • Spark Plug Test
        • Ignition Coil Check
          • Notes
          • Secondary Coil Resistance Check
        • Primary Coil And Ignition Power Transistor Continuity Check
          • Notes
          • Spark Plug Cable Resistance Check
        • Spark Plug Check And Cleaning
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Check
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Check
        • Ignition Secondary Voltage Wave Pattern Check Using An Oscilloscope
          • Measurement Method
          • Standard Wave Pattern
          • Waveform Observation Points
          • Abnormal Waveforms Examples
        • Ignition Primary Voltage Wave Pattern Check Using An Oscilloscope
          • Measurement Method
          • Standard Wave Pattern
          • Waveform Observation Points
          • Abnormal Waveforms Examples
      • Ignition Coil
        • Removal And Installation
      • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
      • Knock Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Knock Sensor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Knock Sensor Installation
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
      • Service Specification(S)
    • Specifications - Charging/Starting
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
      • Service Specification(S)
  • Mode 6 - 1997-2012 MITSUBISHI
    • Introduction
    • 1997
    • 1998-2001
    • 2002-2003
    • 2004-2005
    • 2006-07 Eclipse & 2006 GALANT
    • 2006 Endeavor
    • 2007 GALANT & 2007 Endeavor
    • 2007 Outlander
    • 2008 Eclipse
    • 2008 Endeavor, 2008-10 GALANT, 2009-11 Eclipse & 2009-10 Outlander
    • 2008 Lancer
    • 2008 Outlander
    • 2009 Lancer
    • 2009 Lancer SPORTBACK
    • 2010 Lancer & Lancer SPORTBACK
    • 2011-12 GALANT, 2012 Eclipse & 2012 Outlander
    • 2011 Lancer, 2011 Lancer SPORTBACK & 2011 Outlander
    • 2012 Lancer & 2012 Lancer SPORTBACK
  • Remove, Overhaul & Install
    • Ignition System
      • General Description
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Knock Control System Check
        • Spark Plug Cable Test
        • Spark Plug Test
        • Ignition Coil Check
          • Notes
          • Secondary Coil Resistance Check
        • Primary Coil And Ignition Power Transistor Continuity Check
          • Notes
          • Spark Plug Cable Resistance Check
        • Spark Plug Check And Cleaning
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Check
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Check
        • Ignition Secondary Voltage Wave Pattern Check Using An Oscilloscope
          • Measurement Method
          • Standard Wave Pattern
          • Waveform Observation Points
          • Abnormal Waveforms Examples
        • Ignition Primary Voltage Wave Pattern Check Using An Oscilloscope
          • Measurement Method
          • Standard Wave Pattern
          • Waveform Observation Points
          • Abnormal Waveforms Examples
      • Ignition Coil
        • Removal And Installation
      • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
      • Knock Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Knock Sensor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Knock Sensor Installation
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
      • Service Specification(S)
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.7L V6 Engine
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.7L
        • V8 Engine
    • Specifications - Charging/Starting
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
      • Service Specification(S)
    • Specifications - Emissions/Engine Controls
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Service Specifications
  • System
    • Emission Control
      • General Description
      • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
        • Notes
        • Vacuum Hoses
          • Vacuum Hose Routing
          • Vacuum Circuit Diagram
          • Vacuum Hose Installation
          • Vacuum Hose Check
      • Positive Crankcase Ventilation System
        • General Description (Positive Crankcase Ventilation System)
          • Notes
          • System Diagram
          • Component Location
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation System Check
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve Check
      • Evaporative Emission Control System
        • General Description (Evaporative Emission System)
          • Notes
          • System Diagram
        • Component Location
        • Purge Control System Check (Purge Flow Check)
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Check
        • Volume Airflow Sensor Check
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Check
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Check
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Check
        • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Check
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Check
      • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION (EGR) System
        • General Description (Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION System)
          • Notes
          • Operation
          • System Diagram
        • Component Location
        • EGR Valve (Stepper Motor) Check
          • Notes
          • Checking the Operation Sound
          • Checking the Coil Resistance
          • Operation Check
        • EGR Valve (Stepper Motor) Cleaning
        • Volume Airflow Sensor Check
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Check
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Check
      • Evaporative Emission Canister And Fuel Tank Pressure Relief Valve
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid, On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) Vent Valve Module >
          • < Evaporative Emission Canister >
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Evaporative Emission Canister/Evaporative Emission Canister Bracket B/Evaporative Emission Canister Bracket A/Evaporative Emission Canister Bracket D/Evaporative Emission Canister Bracket C/Evaporative Emission Canister And Bracket Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Check
      • Catalytic Converter
        • General Description (Catalytic Converter)
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Installation
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Service Specifications
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (1 Of 6)
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Fuel Injection Control
        • Throttle Valve Opening Control
        • Idle Air Control
        • Ignition Timing Control
        • Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Other Control Functions
        • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) System Diagram
      • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service Engine Soon Or Check Engine Lamp)
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes.
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
          • PROVISIONAL Diagnostic Trouble Codes [MUT-III OBD-II Test Mode -Results (Mode 7)]
          • Mode 6 Reference Table
          • Diagnostic By Diagnostic Test Mode II (Increased Sensitivity)
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle
          • Drive Cycle Pattern List
          • Procedure 1
          • Procedure 2
          • Procedure 3
          • Procedure 4
          • Procedure 5
          • Procedure 6
          • System Readiness Test Status
            • Purpose
            • Overview
          • Fail-Safe Function Reference Table
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Symptom Chart
          • Notes
          • Problem Symptoms Table (For Your Information)
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (2 Of 6)
      • DTC P0069: Abnormal Correlation Between Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor And Barometric Pressure Sensor
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0101: Volume Airflow Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - high input >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - low input >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0102: Volume Airflow Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0106: Manifold Absolute Pressure Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - high input >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - low input >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0107: Manifold Absolute Pressure Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0111: Intake Air Temperature Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0112: Intake Air Temperature Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0113: Intake Air Temperature Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0116: Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0117: Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0118: Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0122: Throttle Position Sensor (main) Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0123: Throttle Position Sensor (main) Circuit high Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0125: Insufficient Coolant Temperature for Closed Loop Fuel Control
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - drift >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - low input (Time to reach closed loop temperature) >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0128: Coolant Thermostat (Coolant Temperature Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0130: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0131: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0132: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit High Voltage (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0133: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Response (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0134: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (bank 1, sensor 1) Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0135: Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater Circuit (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0136: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (3 Of 6)
      • DTC P0137: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0138: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit High Voltage (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0139: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Response (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0141: Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater Circuit (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0150: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0151: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0152: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit High Voltage (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0153: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Response (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0154: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (bank 2, sensor 1) Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0155: Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater Circuit (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0156: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0157: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0158: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit High Voltage (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0159: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Response (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0161: Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater Circuit (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0171: System too Lean (bank 1)
        • Fuel Trim Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0172: System too Rich (bank 1)
        • Fuel Trim Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0174: System too Lean (bank 2)
        • Fuel Trim Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0175: System too Rich (bank 2)
        • Fuel Trim Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0181: Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0182: Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0183: Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (4 Of 6)
      • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206: Injector Circuit Malfunction-Cylinder 1-6
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - open circuit and shorted low >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - shorted high >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0222: Throttle Position Sensor (sub) Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0223: Throttle Position Sensor (sub) Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0300: Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected
        • Random Misfire Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria (change in the angular acceleration of the crankshaft is used for misfire detection)
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306: Cylinder 1-6 Misfire Detected
        • Misfire Detected Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria (change in the angular acceleration of the crankshaft is used for misfire detection)
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0335: Crankshaft Position
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - alignment >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions, Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0340: Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - alignment >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0401: Exhaust Gas Recirculation Flow Insufficient Detected
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0403: Exhaust Gas Recirculation Control Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0421: Warm up catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold (bank 1)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0431: Warm up catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold (bank 2)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0441: Evaporative Emission Control System Incorrect Purge Flow
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0442: Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (Small Leak)
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Notes
          • Check Conditions A: At Start up
          • Check Conditions B: For Test to Run
          • Check Conditions C: For Test to Stop
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0443: Evaporative Emission Control System Purge Control Valve Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Codes stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0446: Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0450: Evaporative Emission System Pressure Sensor malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0451: Evaporative Emission System Pressure Sensor Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0452: Evaporative Emission System Pressure Sensor Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0453: Evaporative Emission System Pressure Sensor High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0455: Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (Gross Leak)
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions A: At Start up
          • Check Conditions B: For Test to Run
          • Check Conditions C: For Test to Stop
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0456: Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (Very Small Leak)
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions A: At Start up
          • Check Conditions B: For Test to Run
          • Check Conditions C: For Test to Stop
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (5 Of 6)
      • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0506: Idle Control System RPM Lower Than Expected
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0507: Idle Control System RPM Higher Than Expected
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0510: Accelerator Pedal Position Switch Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0513: Immobilizer Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0551: Power Steering Pressure Switch Circuit Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0554: Power Steering Pressure Switch Circuit Intermittent
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0603: EEPROM Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0606: Powertrain Control Module Main Processor Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0630: Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0638: Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0642: Throttle Position Sensor Power Supply
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0657: Throttle Actuator Control Motor Relay Circuit Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0660: Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Circuit Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity (during cranking/when solenoid ON to OFF) >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1530: A/C1 Switch Circuit Intermittent
        • Technical Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1602: Communication Malfunction (between PCM Main Processor and System LSI)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1603: Battery Backup Line Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2100: Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit (Open)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2101: Throttle Actuator Control Motor Magneto Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2121: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (main) Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (main) Circuit Range/Performance Problem Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2122: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (main) Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2123: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (main) Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2126: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (sub) Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (sub) Circuit Range/Performance Problem Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2127: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (sub) Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2128: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (sub) Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2135: Throttle Position Sensor (main and sub) Range/Performance Problem
        • Throttle Position Sensor (Main And Sub) Range/Performance Problem Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - relation between main and sub >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2138: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (main and sub) Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (Main And Sub) Range/Performance Problem Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - relation between main and sub >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2228: Barometric Pressure Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2229: Barometric Pressure Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (6 Of 6)
      • Symptom Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Communication with All Systems Is Not Possible.)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Scan Tool Communication with PCM Is Not Possible.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or Check Engine Lamp) Does Not Illuminate Right after the Ignition Switch Is Turned to the "ON" Position.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or Check Engine Lamp) Remains Illuminated and Never Goes Out.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Cranks, Won't Start
          • Cranks, Won't Start Circuit
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Starts Up and Dies.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Hard Starting
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Unstable Idle (Rough Idle, Hunting).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Idle speed is high (Improper Idle Speed).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Idle Speed Is Low (Improper Idle Speed).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: When the Engine Is Cold, It Stalls at Idle (Die Out).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: When the Engine Is Hot, It Stalls at Idle (Die Out).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The Engine Stalls when Accelerating (Pass Out).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The engine stalls when decelerating.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Hesitation, sag or stumble.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Acceleration shock.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Deceleration Shock
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor acceleration.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Surge.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Knocking
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Dieseling (Run-on).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Too high CO and HC Concentration when Idling
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Transient, Mass Emission Tailpipe Test Failure.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Purge Flow Test of the Evaporative Emission Canister Failure.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: Pressure Test of the Evaporative System Failure
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Incorrect Idle Speed when the A/C Is Operating (A/C Switch 2 Signal)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: A/C Condenser Fan Is Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Power supply system and ignition switch-IG system.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 29: Fuel pump system
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 30: Ignition Switch-ST System and Transmission Range Switch System
          • Notes
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely caused for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 31: Ignition Circuit System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 32: A/C system.
          • Notes
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
      • Data List Reference Table
      • Actuator Test Reference Table
      • Check At The Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
        • Terminal Voltage Check Chart
        • Terminal Resistance And Continuity Check
      • Inspection Procedure Using An Oscilloscope
        • Volume Airflow Sensor
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
          • Examples of Abnormal Wave Patterns
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
        • Camshaft Position Sensor And Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
          • Examples of Abnormal Wave Patterns
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
        • Injector
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
        • EGR Valve (Stepper Motor)
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
          • Examples of Abnormal Wave Patterns
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
        • Ignition Coil And Ignition Power Transistor
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
          • Examples of Abnormal Wave Patterns
            • Example 1 (Wave pattern during engine cranking)
            • Example 2 (Wave pattern during engine cranking)
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Component Location
        • Throttle Body (Throttle Valve Area) Cleaning
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Adjustment
        • Fuel Pressure Test
          • Notes
          • < When using the fuel pressure gauge >
          • < When using special tool MB991637 (fuel pressure gauge set) >
        • Fuel Pump Connector Disconnection (How To Reduce Pressurized Fuel Lines)
        • Fuel Pump Operation Check
        • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) Relay, Throttle Actuator Control Motor Relay And Fuel Pump Relay Continuity Check
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Check
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Check
        • Throttle Position Sensor Check
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Check
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Switch Check
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Check
          • Notes
          • < Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front) >
          • < Right bank heated oxygen sensor (front) >
          • < Left bank heated oxygen sensor (rear) >
          • < Right bank heated oxygen sensor (rear) >
        • Injector Check
          • Measurement of Resistance between Terminals
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Check
          • < Operation Inspection >
          • < Checking the Terminal Resistance >
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Check
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Check
        • EGR Valve Check
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Check
      • Injector
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Fuel Injectors, Fuel Pipe And Fuel Rails Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Fuel Pipe/Injectors/Fuel Pressure Regulator/Fuel High-Pressure Hose Installation
      • Throttle Body Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Throttle Body Gasket Installation
      • Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
        • Removal And Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Sealant And Adhesive
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Emission Control
      • General Description
      • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
        • Notes
        • Vacuum Hoses
          • Vacuum Hose Routing
          • Vacuum Circuit Diagram
          • Vacuum Hose Installation
          • Vacuum Hose Check
      • Positive Crankcase Ventilation System
        • General Description (Positive Crankcase Ventilation System)
          • Notes
          • System Diagram
          • Component Location
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation System Check
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve Check
      • Evaporative Emission Control System
        • General Description (Evaporative Emission System)
          • Notes
          • System Diagram
        • Component Location
        • Purge Control System Check (Purge Flow Check)
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Check
        • Volume Airflow Sensor Check
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Check
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Check
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Check
        • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Check
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Check
      • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION (EGR) System
        • General Description (Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION System)
          • Notes
          • Operation
          • System Diagram
        • Component Location
        • EGR Valve (Stepper Motor) Check
          • Notes
          • Checking the Operation Sound
          • Checking the Coil Resistance
          • Operation Check
        • EGR Valve (Stepper Motor) Cleaning
        • Volume Airflow Sensor Check
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Check
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Check
      • Evaporative Emission Canister And Fuel Tank Pressure Relief Valve
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid, On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) Vent Valve Module >
          • < Evaporative Emission Canister >
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Evaporative Emission Canister/Evaporative Emission Canister Bracket B/Evaporative Emission Canister Bracket A/Evaporative Emission Canister Bracket D/Evaporative Emission Canister Bracket C/Evaporative Emission Canister And Bracket Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Check
      • Catalytic Converter
        • General Description (Catalytic Converter)
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Installation
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Service Specifications
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (1 Of 6)
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Fuel Injection Control
        • Throttle Valve Opening Control
        • Idle Air Control
        • Ignition Timing Control
        • Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Other Control Functions
        • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) System Diagram
      • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service Engine Soon Or Check Engine Lamp)
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes.
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
          • PROVISIONAL Diagnostic Trouble Codes [MUT-III OBD-II Test Mode -Results (Mode 7)]
          • Mode 6 Reference Table
          • Diagnostic By Diagnostic Test Mode II (Increased Sensitivity)
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle
          • Drive Cycle Pattern List
          • Procedure 1
          • Procedure 2
          • Procedure 3
          • Procedure 4
          • Procedure 5
          • Procedure 6
          • System Readiness Test Status
            • Purpose
            • Overview
          • Fail-Safe Function Reference Table
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Symptom Chart
          • Notes
          • Problem Symptoms Table (For Your Information)
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (2 Of 6)
      • DTC P0069: Abnormal Correlation Between Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor And Barometric Pressure Sensor
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0101: Volume Airflow Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - high input >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - low input >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0102: Volume Airflow Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0106: Manifold Absolute Pressure Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - high input >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - low input >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0107: Manifold Absolute Pressure Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0111: Intake Air Temperature Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0112: Intake Air Temperature Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0113: Intake Air Temperature Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0116: Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0117: Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0118: Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0122: Throttle Position Sensor (main) Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0123: Throttle Position Sensor (main) Circuit high Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0125: Insufficient Coolant Temperature for Closed Loop Fuel Control
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - drift >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - low input (Time to reach closed loop temperature) >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0128: Coolant Thermostat (Coolant Temperature Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0130: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0131: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0132: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit High Voltage (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0133: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Response (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0134: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (bank 1, sensor 1) Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0135: Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater Circuit (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0136: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (3 Of 6)
      • DTC P0137: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0138: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit High Voltage (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0139: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Response (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0141: Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater Circuit (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0150: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0151: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0152: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit High Voltage (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0153: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Response (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0154: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (bank 2, sensor 1) Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0155: Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater Circuit (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0156: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0157: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0158: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit High Voltage (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0159: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Response (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0161: Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater Circuit (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0171: System too Lean (bank 1)
        • Fuel Trim Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0172: System too Rich (bank 1)
        • Fuel Trim Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0174: System too Lean (bank 2)
        • Fuel Trim Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0175: System too Rich (bank 2)
        • Fuel Trim Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0181: Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0182: Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0183: Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (4 Of 6)
      • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206: Injector Circuit Malfunction-Cylinder 1-6
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - open circuit and shorted low >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity - shorted high >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0222: Throttle Position Sensor (sub) Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0223: Throttle Position Sensor (sub) Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0300: Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected
        • Random Misfire Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria (change in the angular acceleration of the crankshaft is used for misfire detection)
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306: Cylinder 1-6 Misfire Detected
        • Misfire Detected Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria (change in the angular acceleration of the crankshaft is used for misfire detection)
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0335: Crankshaft Position
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - alignment >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions, Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0340: Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - alignment >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0401: Exhaust Gas Recirculation Flow Insufficient Detected
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0403: Exhaust Gas Recirculation Control Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0421: Warm up catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold (bank 1)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0431: Warm up catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold (bank 2)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0441: Evaporative Emission Control System Incorrect Purge Flow
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0442: Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (Small Leak)
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Notes
          • Check Conditions A: At Start up
          • Check Conditions B: For Test to Run
          • Check Conditions C: For Test to Stop
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0443: Evaporative Emission Control System Purge Control Valve Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Codes stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0446: Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0450: Evaporative Emission System Pressure Sensor malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0451: Evaporative Emission System Pressure Sensor Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0452: Evaporative Emission System Pressure Sensor Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0453: Evaporative Emission System Pressure Sensor High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0455: Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (Gross Leak)
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions A: At Start up
          • Check Conditions B: For Test to Run
          • Check Conditions C: For Test to Stop
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0456: Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (Very Small Leak)
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions A: At Start up
          • Check Conditions B: For Test to Run
          • Check Conditions C: For Test to Stop
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (5 Of 6)
      • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0506: Idle Control System RPM Lower Than Expected
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0507: Idle Control System RPM Higher Than Expected
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0510: Accelerator Pedal Position Switch Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0513: Immobilizer Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0551: Power Steering Pressure Switch Circuit Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0554: Power Steering Pressure Switch Circuit Intermittent
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0603: EEPROM Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0606: Powertrain Control Module Main Processor Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0630: Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0638: Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0642: Throttle Position Sensor Power Supply
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0657: Throttle Actuator Control Motor Relay Circuit Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0660: Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Circuit Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity (during cranking/when solenoid ON to OFF) >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1530: A/C1 Switch Circuit Intermittent
        • Technical Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1602: Communication Malfunction (between PCM Main Processor and System LSI)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1603: Battery Backup Line Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2100: Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit (Open)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2101: Throttle Actuator Control Motor Magneto Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2121: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (main) Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (main) Circuit Range/Performance Problem Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2122: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (main) Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2123: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (main) Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2126: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (sub) Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (sub) Circuit Range/Performance Problem Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2127: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (sub) Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2128: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (sub) Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2135: Throttle Position Sensor (main and sub) Range/Performance Problem
        • Throttle Position Sensor (Main And Sub) Range/Performance Problem Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - relation between main and sub >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2138: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (main and sub) Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor (Main And Sub) Range/Performance Problem Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - relation between main and sub >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Condition
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2228: Barometric Pressure Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2229: Barometric Pressure Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary Diagnostic Trouble Code stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (6 Of 6)
      • Symptom Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Communication with All Systems Is Not Possible.)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Scan Tool Communication with PCM Is Not Possible.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or Check Engine Lamp) Does Not Illuminate Right after the Ignition Switch Is Turned to the "ON" Position.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or Check Engine Lamp) Remains Illuminated and Never Goes Out.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Cranks, Won't Start
          • Cranks, Won't Start Circuit
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Starts Up and Dies.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Hard Starting
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Unstable Idle (Rough Idle, Hunting).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Idle speed is high (Improper Idle Speed).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Idle Speed Is Low (Improper Idle Speed).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: When the Engine Is Cold, It Stalls at Idle (Die Out).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: When the Engine Is Hot, It Stalls at Idle (Die Out).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The Engine Stalls when Accelerating (Pass Out).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The engine stalls when decelerating.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Hesitation, sag or stumble.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Acceleration shock.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Deceleration Shock
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor acceleration.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Surge.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Knocking
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Dieseling (Run-on).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Too high CO and HC Concentration when Idling
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Transient, Mass Emission Tailpipe Test Failure.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Purge Flow Test of the Evaporative Emission Canister Failure.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: Pressure Test of the Evaporative System Failure
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Incorrect Idle Speed when the A/C Is Operating (A/C Switch 2 Signal)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: A/C Condenser Fan Is Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Power supply system and ignition switch-IG system.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 29: Fuel pump system
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 30: Ignition Switch-ST System and Transmission Range Switch System
          • Notes
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely caused for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 31: Ignition Circuit System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 32: A/C system.
          • Notes
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
      • Data List Reference Table
      • Actuator Test Reference Table
      • Check At The Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
        • Terminal Voltage Check Chart
        • Terminal Resistance And Continuity Check
      • Inspection Procedure Using An Oscilloscope
        • Volume Airflow Sensor
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
          • Examples of Abnormal Wave Patterns
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
        • Camshaft Position Sensor And Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
          • Examples of Abnormal Wave Patterns
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
        • Injector
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
        • EGR Valve (Stepper Motor)
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
          • Examples of Abnormal Wave Patterns
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
        • Ignition Coil And Ignition Power Transistor
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
          • Examples of Abnormal Wave Patterns
            • Example 1 (Wave pattern during engine cranking)
            • Example 2 (Wave pattern during engine cranking)
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Component Location
        • Throttle Body (Throttle Valve Area) Cleaning
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Adjustment
        • Fuel Pressure Test
          • Notes
          • < When using the fuel pressure gauge >
          • < When using special tool MB991637 (fuel pressure gauge set) >
        • Fuel Pump Connector Disconnection (How To Reduce Pressurized Fuel Lines)
        • Fuel Pump Operation Check
        • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) Relay, Throttle Actuator Control Motor Relay And Fuel Pump Relay Continuity Check
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Check
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Check
        • Throttle Position Sensor Check
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Check
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Switch Check
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Check
          • Notes
          • < Left bank heated oxygen sensor (front) >
          • < Right bank heated oxygen sensor (front) >
          • < Left bank heated oxygen sensor (rear) >
          • < Right bank heated oxygen sensor (rear) >
        • Injector Check
          • Measurement of Resistance between Terminals
        • Throttle Actuator Control Motor Check
          • < Operation Inspection >
          • < Checking the Terminal Resistance >
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Check
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Check
        • EGR Valve Check
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Check
      • Injector
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Fuel Injectors, Fuel Pipe And Fuel Rails Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Fuel Pipe/Injectors/Fuel Pressure Regulator/Fuel High-Pressure Hose Installation
      • Throttle Body Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Throttle Body Gasket Installation
      • Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
        • Removal And Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Sealant And Adhesive
  • Tune-Up
    • Ignition System
      • General Description
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Knock Control System Check
        • Spark Plug Cable Test
        • Spark Plug Test
        • Ignition Coil Check
          • Notes
          • Secondary Coil Resistance Check
        • Primary Coil And Ignition Power Transistor Continuity Check
          • Notes
          • Spark Plug Cable Resistance Check
        • Spark Plug Check And Cleaning
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Check
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Check
        • Ignition Secondary Voltage Wave Pattern Check Using An Oscilloscope
          • Measurement Method
          • Standard Wave Pattern
          • Waveform Observation Points
          • Abnormal Waveforms Examples
        • Ignition Primary Voltage Wave Pattern Check Using An Oscilloscope
          • Measurement Method
          • Standard Wave Pattern
          • Waveform Observation Points
          • Abnormal Waveforms Examples
      • Ignition Coil
        • Removal And Installation
      • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
      • Knock Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Knock Sensor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Knock Sensor Installation
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
      • Service Specification(S)
    • Specifications - Charging/Starting
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
      • Service Specification(S)
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Drive Cycle Index
    • Drive Cycle Procedures
      • 1996 3000GT
      • 1996 Eclipse & Eclipse SPYDER
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0420)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170)
        • Other Monitoring
      • 1996-98 GALANT
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0420, P0421)
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Monitor (P0442, P0450, P0455)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170)
        • Other Monitors
      • 1996-2000 Montero
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0420, P0421, P0431)
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Monitor (P0442, P0450, P0455)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136, P0150, P0156)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170, P0173)
        • Other Monitors
      • 1997 3000GT
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0421, P0431)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136, P0150, P0156)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170, P0173)
        • Monitoring Of The Other Devices
      • 1997-1999 Eclipse 2.4L
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0420, P0421)
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Monitor (P0442, P0450, P0455)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170)
        • Other Monitoring
      • 1997-99 Eclipse SPYDER With 2.0L Turbo And 2.4L
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0420 & P0421)
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Monitor (P0442, P0450, P0455)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170)
        • Other Monitoring
      • 1997 Mirage 1.5L & 1.8L
        • Notes
        • Catalytic converter monitor (P0420, P0421)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170)
        • Other Monitors
      • 1997-2000 MONTERO SPORT, 1998-99 3000GT, 1998-2001 Diamante, 1999-2000 GALANT & 1998-2000 MIRAGE
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0420, P0421, & P0431)
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor (P0442, P0450 & P0455)
        • EGR Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170 & P0173)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136, P0150 & P0156)
        • Other Monitor
      • 2000 Eclipse
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • Fuel Trim Monitor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
        • Other Monitor
      • 2001 Eclipse & Eclipse SPYDER
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • Fuel Trim Monitor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
        • Other Monitor
      • 2001 GALANT, 2004-05 Eclipse, Eclipse SPYDER, Lancer SPORTBACK, Montero Sport
        • Notes
        • Procedure 1 - Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Monitor
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Procedure 2 - Fuel Trim Monitor
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Procedure 3 - Catalytic Converter Monitor
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Procedure 4 - Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Procedure 5 - Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION (EGR) System Monitor
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • PROCEDURE 6 - OTHER MONITOR (main Components, Sensors And Switches, Wire Breakage And Short Circuit)
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
      • 2001-02 Mirage
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0421)
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Monitor (P0441, P0442, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0455)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0133, P0139)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0171, P0172)
        • Other Monitors
      • 2001 Montero
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2001 Montero Sport
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • Fuel Trim Monitor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
        • Other Monitor
      • 2002-04 Diamante
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • Fuel Trim Monitor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
        • Other Monitors
      • 2002-03 Eclipse
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • Fuel Trim Monitor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
        • Other Monitor
      • 2002-03 GALANT & Montero Sport
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • Fuel Trim Monitor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
        • Other Monitor
      • 2002-03 Lancer, Montero & 2003 Outlander
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Test Procedure
      • 2004-05 Endeavor, GALANT, Lancer, Montero & Outlander
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2006-07 Eclipse, 07 Eclipse SPYDER, 2006-07 Endeavor, 2006 GALANT, 2007 GALANT 3.8L, 2006 Lancer 2.0L, 2007 Lancer
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2006 Lancer 2.4L, Lancer Evolution, Lancer SPORTBACK, Montero & Outlook
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2007 GALANT 2.4L, Outlander
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 24
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 25
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2007-09 Raider
        • Notes
        • Monitor Preliminary Checks
        • Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection with Purge Monitor
        • Catalyst / O2 Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • O2 Sensor Heater Monitor
        • Misfire Monitor
      • 2008-10 Eclipse, Eclipse SPYDER, Endeavor, GALANT, Lancer & Outlander
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 24
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 25
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 26
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 27
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2011-12 Eclipse, Endeavor, GALANT
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 24
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 25
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2011-12 Lancer 2.0L W/O Turbo & 2.4L & Outlander 2.4L & Outlander Sport
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2011-12 Lancer 2.0L Turbo
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2011-12 OUTLANTER 3.0L
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Anti-Lock Braking System (Abs) DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission DTCS
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) DTCS
    • Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) DTCS
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Body And Chassis
      • How To Use This Manual
        • Maintenance, Repair And Servicing Explanations
        • On-Vehicle Service
        • Service Procedures
        • Definition Of Terms
          • Standard Value
          • Limit
          • Reference Value
          • Danger, Warning, And Caution
        • Tightening Torque Indication
        • Special Tool Note
        • Model Indications
        • Explanation Of Manual Contents
      • Troubleshooting Guidelines
        • Verify The Complaint
        • Determine Possible Causes
        • Find The Problem
        • Repair The Problem
        • Verify The Repair
      • How To Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
        • Troubleshooting Contents
          • Notes
          • Standard Flow Of Diagnostic Troubleshooting
          • System Operation And Symptom Verification Tests
          • Diagnostic Function
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Symptom Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • Symptom Procedures
          • Service Data Reference Table
          • Check At Ecu Terminals
          • Terminal Voltage Checks
        • How To Use The Inspection Procedures
          • Notes
          • Terminal Resistance And Continuity Checks
          • Inspection Procedures Using An Oscilloscope
          • Harness Inspection
          • Measures To Take After Replacing The Ecu
        • Connector Measurement Service Points
          • Notes
          • If Inspecting With The Connector Connected < Waterproof Connectors >
          • If Inspecting With The Connector Connected < Ordinary (Non-Waterproof) Connectors >
          • If Inspecting With The Connector Disconnected < When Inspecting A Female Pin >
          • If Inspecting With The Connector Disconnected < When Inspecting A Male Pin >
        • Connector Inspection Service Points
          • Visual Inspection
          • Connector Pin Inspection
          • Connector Engagement Inspection
        • How To Cope With Intermittent Malfunctions
          • Notes
          • To Cope With Intermittent Malfunction
            • Ask The Customer About The Malfunction
            • Determine The Conditions From The Customer's Responses
            • Use Simulation Test
            • Verify The Intermittent Malfunction Is Eliminated
          • Simulation Tests
        • Inspection Service Points For A Blown Fuse
      • Vehicle Identification
        • Vehicle Identification
          • Vehicle Identification Number Location
          • Vehicle Identification Code Chart Plate
          • Vehicle Identification Number List
            • < Vehicles For USA And PUERTO RICO >
            • < Vehicles For CANADA >
        • Vehicle Information Code Plate
          • Notes
          • Chassis Number
            • Stamping Location
          • Chassis Number Code Chart
          • Tire And Loading Information Placard
          • Vehicle Safety Certification Label
          • Engine Model Stamping
          • Theft Protection
      • Precautions Before Service
        • Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
        • How To Perform Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Writing
          • Notes
          • Writing Procedure
        • Initialization Procedure For Learning Value In MFI Engine
          • Notes
          • Initialization Procedure
        • Learning Procedure For Idling In MFI Engine
          • Purpose
          • Learning Procedure
        • Servicing Electrical System
        • Vehicle Washing
        • Application Of Anti-Corrosion Agents And Undercoats
        • Scan Tool (Mut-III Sub Assembly)
      • Treatment Before/After Driving Through Water
        • Inspection And Service Before Driving Through Water
        • Inspection And Service After Driving Through Water
      • Towing And Hoisting
        • Wrecker Towing Recommendation
          • Front Towing Pickup
          • Rear Towing Pickup
          • Towing When Keys Are Not Available
        • Hoisting
          • Emergency Jacking
          • Floor Jack
          • Post Type
      • General Data And Specifications
      • Tightening Torque
        • Notes
        • Standard Bolt And Nut Tightening Torque
        • Flange Bolt And Nut Tightening Torque
      • Lubrication And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Schedules
        • Severe Service
        • Engine Oil
        • Lubricants And Greases
        • Fuel Usage Statement
        • GASOLINES Containing Alcohol
        • GASOLINES Containing METHY Tertiary Butyl Ether (MTBE)
        • Materials Added To Fuel
      • Recommended Lubricants And Lubricant Capacities Table
        • Recommended Lubricants
        • Lubricant Capacity Table
        • Lubricant Selection
          • Engine Oil
            • Notes
            • Oil Viscosity
          • Front Axle/Rear Axle
        • Selection Of Coolant
          • Coolant
            • Notes
            • Example
      • Scheduled Maintenance Table
        • Scheduled Maintenance Service For Emission Control And Proper Vehicle Performance
        • General Maintenance Service For Proper Vehicle Performance
        • Scheduled Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
      • Maintenance Service
        • 1. FUEL SYSTEM (TANK, PIPE LINE AND CONNECTIONS, AND FUEL TANK FILLER TUBE CAP) (Check for leaks)
        • 2. Fuel Hoses (Check Condition)
        • 3. AIR CLEANER ELEMENT (Replace)
          • Notes
          • Replacement Of Air Cleaner Element
        • 4. Evaporative Emission System (Check For Leaks And Clogging) - Except Evaporative Emission Canister
        • 5. Spark Plugs (Replace)
        • 6. Timing Belt (Replace)
        • 7. Drive Belt (For Generator And Water Pump, Power Steering Pump) (Check Condition)
          • Drive Belt Tension Check
            • Notes
            • < When using scan tool MB991958 >
            • < When using the tension gauge >
        • 8. Exhaust System (Connection Portion Of Muffler, PIPINGS And Converter Heat Shields) (Check And Service As Required)
        • 9. Engine Oil (Change)
        • 10. Engine Oil Filter (Replace)
          • Notes
          • Engine Oil Filter Selection
        • 11. Transmission Fluid
          • Checking transmission fluid level
          • Change transmission fluid
        • 12. Transfer Oil
          • Checking transfer oil level
          • Changing transfer oil
        • 13. Engine Coolant (Change)
          • Notes
          • Changing Coolant
        • 14. Coolant Hoses (Radiator Hose, Heater Hose) (Inspect)
        • 15. Disc Brake Pads (Inspect For Wear)
        • 16. Brake Hoses (Check For Deterioration Or Leaks)
        • 17. Ball Joint And Steering Linkage Seals (Inspect For Grease Leaks And Damage)
        • 18. Drive Shaft Boots (Inspect For Grease Leaks And Damage)
        • 19. Suspension System (Inspect For Looseness And Damage)
        • 20. Rear Axle Oil (Check Oil Level)
          • Rear differential Oil Check
        • 21. Propeller Shaft Joints With Grease Nipple (Lubricate With Grease)
        • 22. SRS Air Bag (Inspect For SRS System)
          • Notes
          • SRS Warning Light Check
          • SRS Component Visual Check
          • Front Impact Sensors
          • Side Impact Sensors
          • SRS Air Bag Control Unit (SRS-ECU)
          • Air Bag Module, Steering Wheel and Clock Spring
          • Front Seatback Assembly with Side-airbag Module
          • Seat belt with pre-tensioner
          • Wiring Harness
        • 23. Tires (Rotate)
      • Main Sealant And Adhesive Table
    • Electrical
      • Harness Connector Inspection
        • Connector Continuity And Voltage Test
        • Improper Terminal Engagement Check
        • Connector Terminal Engagement And Disengagement
        • Computer Connector
        • Round Waterproof Connector
        • Rectangular Waterproof Connector
        • Injector Connector
      • How To Diagnose
        • How To Diagnose
        • Troubleshooting Steps
        • Information For Diagnosis
        • Inspection
        • Inspection Instruments
        • Checking Fuses
          • Notes
          • Cautions In Event Of Blown Fuse
        • Checking Switches
        • Checking Relays
        • Cables And Wires Check
        • Battery Handling
        • General Electrical System Check
  • Reset Procedures
    • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
      • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure (No COMS)
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Note
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
          • Notes
          • Service Reminder Reset
          • How To Set The Reminder Schedule
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
          • Notes
          • Service Reminder Reset
          • How To Set The Reminder Schedule
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Reset Procedure
          • Setting The Service Reminder Schedule
      • Timing Chain Maintenance Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Chain Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Description
          • Learned Value Read & Save And Write Learned Value (Changed ECU)
          • Learned Value Reset
          • Test/Limit Value Readout
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Sensor Registration
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Model Coverage
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Indicators
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Registration
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Automatic Air Conditioning
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Safety Precautions
      • Auto A/C Diagnosis
        • Introduction
        • Automatic Air Conditioning Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Symptom Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 11, 12: Inside Air Temperature Sensor System
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 13, 14: Ambient Air Temperature Sensor System
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 15, 16: Heater Water Temperature Sensor System
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 21, 22: A/C sensor System
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 31: Potentiometer System of Air Mixing Damper Control Motor Assembly
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 32: Potentiometer System of Air Outlet Changeover Damper Control Motor Assembly.
            • Notes
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with scan tool is not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Air Conditioning does not Operate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: A/C Outlet Air Temperature cannot be Set.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Blower does not Operate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Blower Air Amount cannot be Changed.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Air Outlet Vent cannot be Changed.
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Inside/Outside Air Changeover is not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Rear Defogger does not Operate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Condenser Fan does not Operate.
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Malfunction of the A/C-ECU Power Supply System.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: The A/C Indicator Flashes.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference
        • Check At Ecu Terminal
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Charging
          • Notes
          • Method By Using Refrigerant Recovery And Recycling Unit
          • Discharging System
          • Refilling Of Oil In The A/C System
        • Performance Test
      • A/C Control Panel And A/C Control Unit
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> FCC Removal
        • Inspection
          • Temperature Adjustment Switch Continuity Check
          • Blower Switch Continuity Check
            • Blower Switch
            • Air Outlet Changeover Switch
            • Inside/Outside Air Changeover Switch
            • A/C Switch
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch
      • Heater Unit
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Heater Water Temperature Sensor/Heater Water Temperature Sensor Clip Installation
      • Heater Blower Controller Unit
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Blower Controller
      • Damper Control Motor Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Air Mix Damper Control Motor Check
          • Potentiometer Check
          • Mode Selection Damper Control Motor Check
      • Sensors
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Heater Water Temperature Sensor/Heater Water Temperature Sensor Clip Installation
        • Inspection
          • Heater Water Temperature Sensor Check
          • Air THERMO Sensor Check
      • Rear A/C Switch And Front Rear Fan Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
      • Rear A/C Control Unit
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Heater Unit And Rear Blower Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Rear Heater Unit Disassembly And Reassembly
        • Inspection
        • Rear Blower Disassembly And Assembly
      • Photo Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Photo Sensor Cover/Photo Sensor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Photo Sensor/Photo Sensor Cover Installation
        • Inspection
          • Photo Sensor Check
      • Ambient Temperature Sensor
        • Inspection
          • Outside Air Temperature Sensor Check
      • Refrigerant Line
        • Removal And Installation
      • Other Parts
        • Other Parts Maintenance Service Points
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
    • Heater, Air Conditioning & Ventilation
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Safety Precautions
        • Operation
        • Condenser Fan Control
        • Compressor Control
      • Manual A/C Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Heater, Air Conditioning And Ventilation Diagnosis
        • Heater, Air Conditioning And Ventilation Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When the Ignition Switch is "ON," the A/C does not Operate.
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When the Air Outlet Changeover Control Knob is Moved to DEFROSTER or DEFROSTER/FOOT Position, the A/C or the Inside/outside Air Changeover Damper Motor does not Operate.
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: When the A/C is Operating, Temperature Inside the Passenger Compartment does not Decrease (Cool Air is not Emitted).
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Blower Fan and Motor does not turn.
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Blower Fan and Motor does not Stop turning.
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: When the A/C is Operating Condenser Fan does not turn.
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Inside/Outside Air changeover is not possible.
            • Diagnosis
        • Inspection At The Automatic Compressor Controller Terminal
      • Rear Air Conditioning Diagnosis
        • Introduction
          • Rear Air Conditioning System
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Rear Air Conditioning does not Operate. < vehicles with Rear Heater, Rear Cooler or Rear A/C >
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Rear Air Conditioning Outlet Air Temperature does not Increase < vehicles with Rear Heater >
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Rear Air Conditioning Outlet Air Temperature does not Increase < vehicles with Rear Cooler >
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Rear Air Conditioning Outlet Air Temperature does not Increase < vehicles with Rear A/C >
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Rear Blower Motor does not Operate
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Rear Blower Air amount cannot be Changed.
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Air Outlet Vent Output cannot be Changed with Temperature Control Switch. < vehicles with Rear A/C >
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
        • Check At Ecu Terminal
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Refrigerant Level Test
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Test
        • Receiver Drier Test
        • Dual Pressure Switch Check
        • Compressor Drive Belt Adjustment
        • Charging
          • Notes
          • Method By Using Refrigerant Recovery And Recycling Unit
          • Discharging System
          • Refilling Of Oil In The A/C System
        • Performance Test
        • Refrigerant Leak Repair
          • Lost Charge
          • Low Charge
          • Handling Tubing And Fittings
        • Compressor Noise Check
          • Notes
          • Adjustment
        • Power Relay Check
          • Front Blower Relay
          • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay, Condenser Fan Relay
          • Rear Blower Relay
        • Idle-Up Operation Check
      • Heater Control Assembly, A/C Switch And Inside/Outside Changeover Switch
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Air Outlet Changeover Damper Lever Cable Installation
            • >> B << Air Mix Damper Lever Cable Installation
        • Inspection
          • Defroster Switch Continuity Check
          • Blower Switch Assembly Continuity Check
            • Blower Switch
          • A/C Switch
          • Inside/Outside Air Changeover Switch
        • Heater Control Assembly
          • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Air Outlet Changeover Damper Lever Cable And Air Mix Damper Lever Cable Reassembly
      • Heater Unit
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Suction Hose/Liquid Pipe Removal
        • Heater Unit Disassembly And Assembly
        • Blower Assembly Disassembly And Assembly
      • Blower Assembly And Resistor
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Blower Fan And Motor Check
          • Resistor Check
      • Inside/Outside Air Changeover Damper Motor Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Inside/Outside Air Changeover Damper Motor Check
      • Sensors
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Air THERMO Sensor Check
      • Rear Heater Switch And Front Rear Fan Switch
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rear Heater Switch < Vehicles With Rear Heater >, Rear Cooler Switch < Vehicles With Rear Cooler > Or Rear A/C Switch < Vehicles With Rear A/C > Check
            • Blower Switch Check
          • Rear Fan Switch Check
          • Temperature Switch Check
          • Rear Fan Control Switch
      • Rear A/C Control Unit
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Heater Unit
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Suction Pipe C/Liquid Pipe D Removal
        • Rear Heater Unit Disassembly And Assembly
        • Inspection
          • Air Mix Damper Motor Check < Vehicles With Rear Heater Or Rear A/C >
          • Air Mix Damper Potentiometer Check < Vehicles With Rear Heater Or Rear A/C >
          • Air THERMO Sensor Check < Vehicles With Rear Cooler Or Rear A/C >
          • Expansion Valve (Magnet Valve) Check < Vehicles With Rear A/C System >
          • Blower Motor Check
          • Resistor Check
        • Rear Blower Disassembly And Reassembly
      • Compressor Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Drive Belt Removal
            • << B >> Discharge Hose/Suction Hose Removal
            • << C >> Compressor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Compressor Installation
        • Inspection
          • Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch Operation Inspection
        • Compressor
          • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Armature Plate Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Clutch Coil Installation
            • >> B << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> C << Air Gap Adjustment
      • Condenser And Condenser Fan Motor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Discharge Hose/Liquid Pipe A Removal
        • Inspection
          • Motor Assembly Check
      • Refrigerant Line
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Vehicles Without Rear Cooler Or Rear A/C >
          • < Vehicles With Rear Cooler Or Rear A/C >
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Hose And Pipe Removal
      • Ventilators
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Instrument Panel And Floor >
          • < Rear Air Conditioner >
          • < Rear Ventilation >
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
• Maintenance
  • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance Service Reminder
      • Notes
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Note
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Notes
        • Service Reminder Reset
        • How To Set The Reminder Schedule
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Notes
        • Service Reminder Reset
        • How To Set The Reminder Schedule
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Reset Procedure
        • Setting The Service Reminder Schedule
    • Timing Chain Maintenance Reminder
      • Notes
      • Timing Chain Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
        • Description
        • Learned Value Read & Save And Write Learned Value (Changed ECU)
        • Learned Value Reset
        • Test/Limit Value Readout
    • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
      • Notes
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Notes
        • Sensor Registration
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • On Board Diagnostic/SRS Warning Light Function
        • Construction Diagram
        • Warning/Caution Labels
        • Schematic
        • SRS Air Bag Special Connector
        • Squib Circuit Connector Lock Switch
        • Warning Light Circuit Connector Lock Switch
        • Configuration Diagrams
        • Circuit Diagram
        • Component Location
      • Service Precautions
      • SRS Air Bag Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • SRS Warning Light Check
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D: Front impact sensor (LH) circuit short/open, Front impact sensor (LH) short-circuited to power supply/to ground, Front impact sensor (RH) circuit short/open, Front impact sensor (RH) short-circuited to power supply/to ground
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 11, 12, 13: Front impact sensor system circuit short/open or on power supply, Front impact sensor system detects either both are open or no power supply
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 14, 15, 16, 17, 31, 32, 45, 51, 52, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 73, 74, 83, 84: Analog G-Sensor System in the SRS-ECU, Safing G-Sensor Short/Open Circuit, Safing G-Sensor for Side-AirBag Faults, SRS-ECU Capacitor Circuit Voltage too High/Low, SRS-ECU Non-Volatile Memory (EEPROM) and A/D Converter System, Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short/Open Circuit, Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short/Open Circuit, Driver's Seat Belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short/Open Circuit, Passenger's Seat Belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short/Open Circuit, Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Detected Short/Open Circuit, Left Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 3/4 for Ignition Drive Circuit
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 21: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 22: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 24: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 25: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 26: Driver's Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 27: Driver's Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 28: Passenger's (Front) Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 29: Passenger's (Front) Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 34: Connector Lock System Detects Connector Unlocked
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 35: SRS-ECU Air Bag Condition Monitor Detects Deployed Air Bag
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 39: Air Bags Deployed Simultaneously
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Possible Causes
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 41: IG1 Power Circuit System (Fuse No.6 Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 42: IG1 Power Circuit System (Fuse No.8 Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 43: SRS Warning Light Drive Circuit System Fault 1 (Light does not Illuminate).
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 43: SRS Warning Light Drive Circuit System Fault 1 (Light does not Switch Off).
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 44: SRS Warning Light Drive Circuit System Fault 2
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 46: Improper Installation Of SRS-ECU
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 61: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault for Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuited to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 62: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault for Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 64: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault for Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuited to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 65: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault for Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to Ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 66: Driver's Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (Squib) System Fault for Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuit to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 67: Driver's Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (Squib) System Fault for Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to Ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 68: Passenger's Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (Squib) System Fault for Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuited to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 69: Passenger's Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (Squib) System Fault for Ground Circuit (Short-Circuit to Ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 71: Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 72: Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 75: Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuit to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 76: Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to Ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 79, 93: Left Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 5/6 for Power Supply Circuit/Communication System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 81: Left Hand Side-Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 82:Left Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 85:Left Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuited to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 86:Left Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to Ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 89, 96: Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 5/6 for Power Supply Circuit/Communication System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 91: Left Hand Side-Impact Sensor Power Supply Circuit System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 92, 95: Left/Right Hand Side-Impact Sensor System for Fault 1
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 94: Right Hand Side-Impact Sensor Power Supply Circuit System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with scan tool MB991958 is not possible (Communication is not possible with SRS).
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • Test Equipment
      • SRS Maintenance
      • Post-Collision Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • SRS-Ecu Memory Check
        • Repair Procedure
          • When Front Air Bags Deploy In A Collision.
          • When Side Air Bags Deploy In A Collision.
          • When Air Bags Do Not Deploy In Low-Speed Collision.
          • Front Impact Sensors
          • SRS-Ecu
          • Air Bag Modules
          • Front Seatback Assembly (Side-Airbag Module)
          • Clock Spring
          • Side Impact Sensor
          • Steering Wheel, Steering Column And Shaft Assembly
          • Seat Belt With Pre-TENSIONER
          • Harness Connector (Front Wiring Harness, Instrument Panel Wiring Harness And Floor Wiring Harness)
      • Individual Component Service
      • Front Impact Sensors
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Pre-removal Operation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A>> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A<< Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B<< Front Impact Sensor Installation
            • >> C<< Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
      • SRS Control Unit (SRS-Ecu)
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A>> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A<< Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B<< Attachment Of Bracket Mounting Bolt (Grounding Bolt)
            • >> C<< Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
      • Air Bag Modules And Clock Spring
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Side-Airbag Module>
          • Air Bag Module (Driver's Side) And Clock Spring>
          • Air Bag Module (Front Passenger's Side)>
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A>> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
            • << B>> Cover Removal
            • << C>> Steering Wheel Air Bag Module Assembly Removal
            • << D>> Air Bag Module (Driver's Side) Removal
            • << E>> Clock Spring Removal
            • << F>> Air Bag Side Plate Removal
            • << G>> Air Bag Module (Front Passenger's Side) Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A<< Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B<< Clock Spring Installation
              • Notes
              • Mating Mark Alignment>
            • >> C<< Steering Wheel And Air Bag Module Installation
            • >> D<< Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
          • Air Bag Module Check
          • Front Seatback Assembly With Side-Airbag Module Check
          • Clock Spring Check
      • Side Impact Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A>> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A<< Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B<< Side Impact Sensor Installation
            • >> C<< Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
      • Seat Belts With Pre-TENSIONER
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A>> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A<< Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B<< Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
          • Seat Belt With Pre-TENSIONER Check
      • Air Bag Module And Seat Belt Pre-TENSIONER Disposal Procedures
        • Notes
        • UNDEPLOYED Air Bag Module Disposal
          • Notes
          • Deployment Inside The Vehicle (When Disposing Of A Vehicle) Air Bag Module (Driver's Side)>
          • Deployment Inside The Vehicle (When Disposing Of A Vehicle) Air Bag Module (Front Passenger's Side)>
          • Deployment Inside The Vehicle (When Disposing Of A Vehicle) Side-Airbag Module>
          • Deployment Inside The Vehicle (When Disposing Of A Vehicle) Seat Belt Pre-TENSIONER>
          • Deployment Outside The Vehicle Air Bag Module (Driver's Side)>
          • Deployment Outside The Vehicle Air Bag Module (Front Passenger's Side)>
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle
            • Side-Airbag Module>
          • Deployment Outside The Vehicle Seat Belt Pre-TENSIONER>
          • Deployed Air Bag Module And Operated Seat Belt Pre-TENSIONER Disposal
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
  • Passive Restraints
    • Interior
      • Seat Belt Diagnosis
        • Seat Belt Warning System Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • Instrument Panel Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Positions
        • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Floor Console Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
      • Trims
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Positions
      • Headlining
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> SUNVISOR Holder Removal
      • Front Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Front Seat Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Continuity Test Of Heated Seat Switch
          • Seat Cushion Heater Check
          • Seatback Heater Check
          • Power seat manual switch continuity check
          • Operation check of power seat motor
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Positions
      • Rear Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Claw Positions
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < LH Side >
          • Claw Positions
          • < RH Side >
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Head Restraint Guide Removal
      • Third Seat Assembly
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Claw Positions
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Head Restraint Guide Removal
      • Front Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Seat Belt Buckle Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • Second Seat Belt And Third Seat Belt
          • Tether Anchor
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • On Board Diagnostic/SRS Warning Light Function
        • Construction Diagram
        • Warning/Caution Labels
        • Schematic
        • SRS Air Bag Special Connector
        • Squib Circuit Connector Lock Switch
        • Warning Light Circuit Connector Lock Switch
        • Configuration Diagrams
        • Circuit Diagram
        • Component Location
      • Service Precautions
      • SRS Air Bag Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • SRS Warning Light Check
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D: Front impact sensor (LH) circuit short/open, Front impact sensor (LH) short-circuited to power supply/to ground, Front impact sensor (RH) circuit short/open, Front impact sensor (RH) short-circuited to power supply/to ground
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 11, 12, 13: Front impact sensor system circuit short/open or on power supply, Front impact sensor system detects either both are open or no power supply
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 14, 15, 16, 17, 31, 32, 45, 51, 52, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 73, 74, 83, 84: Analog G-Sensor System in the SRS-ECU, Safing G-Sensor Short/Open Circuit, Safing G-Sensor for Side-AirBag Faults, SRS-ECU Capacitor Circuit Voltage too High/Low, SRS-ECU Non-Volatile Memory (EEPROM) and A/D Converter System, Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short/Open Circuit, Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short/Open Circuit, Driver's Seat Belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short/Open Circuit, Passenger's Seat Belt Pre-tensioner (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short/Open Circuit, Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Detected Short/Open Circuit, Left Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 3/4 for Ignition Drive Circuit
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 21: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 22: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 24: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 25: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 26: Driver's Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 27: Driver's Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 28: Passenger's (Front) Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 29: Passenger's (Front) Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 34: Connector Lock System Detects Connector Unlocked
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 35: SRS-ECU Air Bag Condition Monitor Detects Deployed Air Bag
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 39: Air Bags Deployed Simultaneously
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Possible Causes
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 41: IG1 Power Circuit System (Fuse No.6 Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 42: IG1 Power Circuit System (Fuse No.8 Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 43: SRS Warning Light Drive Circuit System Fault 1 (Light does not Illuminate).
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 43: SRS Warning Light Drive Circuit System Fault 1 (Light does not Switch Off).
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 44: SRS Warning Light Drive Circuit System Fault 2
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 46: Improper Installation Of SRS-ECU
            • Trouble Judgment
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 61: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault for Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuited to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 62: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault for Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 64: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault for Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuited to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 65: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault for Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to Ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 66: Driver's Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (Squib) System Fault for Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuit to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 67: Driver's Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (Squib) System Fault for Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to Ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 68: Passenger's Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (Squib) System Fault for Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuited to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 69: Passenger's Seat Belt Pre-Tensioner (Squib) System Fault for Ground Circuit (Short-Circuit to Ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hits
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 71: Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 72: Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 75: Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuit to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 76: Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to Ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 79, 93: Left Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 5/6 for Power Supply Circuit/Communication System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 81: Left Hand Side-Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 82:Left Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 85:Left Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuited to Power Supply)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 86:Left Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to Ground)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 89, 96: Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 5/6 for Power Supply Circuit/Communication System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 91: Left Hand Side-Impact Sensor Power Supply Circuit System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 92, 95: Left/Right Hand Side-Impact Sensor System for Fault 1
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 94: Right Hand Side-Impact Sensor Power Supply Circuit System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Trouble Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with scan tool MB991958 is not possible (Communication is not possible with SRS).
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • Test Equipment
      • SRS Maintenance
      • Post-Collision Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • SRS-Ecu Memory Check
        • Repair Procedure
          • When Front Air Bags Deploy In A Collision.
          • When Side Air Bags Deploy In A Collision.
          • When Air Bags Do Not Deploy In Low-Speed Collision.
          • Front Impact Sensors
          • SRS-Ecu
          • Air Bag Modules
          • Front Seatback Assembly (Side-Airbag Module)
          • Clock Spring
          • Side Impact Sensor
          • Steering Wheel, Steering Column And Shaft Assembly
          • Seat Belt With Pre-TENSIONER
          • Harness Connector (Front Wiring Harness, Instrument Panel Wiring Harness And Floor Wiring Harness)
      • Individual Component Service
      • Front Impact Sensors
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Pre-removal Operation
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A>> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A<< Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B<< Front Impact Sensor Installation
            • >> C<< Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
      • SRS Control Unit (SRS-Ecu)
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A>> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A<< Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B<< Attachment Of Bracket Mounting Bolt (Grounding Bolt)
            • >> C<< Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
      • Air Bag Modules And Clock Spring
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Side-Airbag Module>
          • Air Bag Module (Driver's Side) And Clock Spring>
          • Air Bag Module (Front Passenger's Side)>
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A>> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
            • << B>> Cover Removal
            • << C>> Steering Wheel Air Bag Module Assembly Removal
            • << D>> Air Bag Module (Driver's Side) Removal
            • << E>> Clock Spring Removal
            • << F>> Air Bag Side Plate Removal
            • << G>> Air Bag Module (Front Passenger's Side) Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A<< Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B<< Clock Spring Installation
              • Notes
              • Mating Mark Alignment>
            • >> C<< Steering Wheel And Air Bag Module Installation
            • >> D<< Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
          • Air Bag Module Check
          • Front Seatback Assembly With Side-Airbag Module Check
          • Clock Spring Check
      • Side Impact Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A>> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A<< Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B<< Side Impact Sensor Installation
            • >> C<< Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
      • Seat Belts With Pre-TENSIONER
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A>> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A<< Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B<< Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
          • Seat Belt With Pre-TENSIONER Check
      • Air Bag Module And Seat Belt Pre-TENSIONER Disposal Procedures
        • Notes
        • UNDEPLOYED Air Bag Module Disposal
          • Notes
          • Deployment Inside The Vehicle (When Disposing Of A Vehicle) Air Bag Module (Driver's Side)>
          • Deployment Inside The Vehicle (When Disposing Of A Vehicle) Air Bag Module (Front Passenger's Side)>
          • Deployment Inside The Vehicle (When Disposing Of A Vehicle) Side-Airbag Module>
          • Deployment Inside The Vehicle (When Disposing Of A Vehicle) Seat Belt Pre-TENSIONER>
          • Deployment Outside The Vehicle Air Bag Module (Driver's Side)>
          • Deployment Outside The Vehicle Air Bag Module (Front Passenger's Side)>
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle
            • Side-Airbag Module>
          • Deployment Outside The Vehicle Seat Belt Pre-TENSIONER>
          • Deployed Air Bag Module And Operated Seat Belt Pre-TENSIONER Disposal
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Power Steering Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Power Steering Diagnosis.
        • Power Steering Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Excessive Play of Steering Wheel
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Difficult Steering Wheel Operation (Insufficient Power Assist)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Rattling Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Shrill Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Squealing Noise.
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Hissing Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Droning Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Squeaking Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Vibration
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Oil Leakage from Hose Connection
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Oil Leakage from Hose Assembly
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Oil Leakage from Oil Reservoir
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Oil Leakage from Oil Pump
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Oil Leakage from Gear Box
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Steering Wheel Free Play Check
        • Steering Angle Check
        • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
        • Stationary Steering Effort Check
        • Steering Wheel Return To Center Check
        • Drive Belt Tension Check
        • Fluid Level Check
        • Power Steering Fluid Replacement
        • Power Steering System Air Bleeding
        • Oil Pump Pressure Test
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Check
        • Ball Joint Dust Cover Inspection
        • Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing Mechanism Check
          • Notes
          • Inspection procedure
      • Steering Wheel And Shaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Cover Removal
            • << B >> Steering Wheel And Air Bag Module Assembly Removal
            • << C >> Steering Shaft Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Steering Column Shaft Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Steering Shaft Cover Installation Bolt Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Special Bolt Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Steering Lock Cylinder Assembly/Steering Lock Bracket/Special Bolt Installation
      • Power Steering Gear Box Assembly
        • Removal And INTALLATION
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Tie Rod End And Knuckle Disconnection
            • << B >> Removal Of Differential Mount Bracket Assembly (LH)
            • << C >> Gear Box Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Tie Rod End (LH) Installation
            • > B << Return Tube/Pressure Hose Assembly Installation
            • >> C << Tie Rod End And Knuckle Connection
        • Inspection
          • Gear Box Total Pinion Torque Check
          • Tie Rod Swing Resistance Check
          • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication And Sealing Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Rack Support Cover Removal
            • << B >> Lower Oil Seal/Pinion And Valve Assembly Removal
            • << C >> Seal Ring Removal
            • << D >> Upper Bearing/Upper Oil Seal Removal
            • << E >> CIRCLIP Removal
            • << F >> Rack Stopper/Rack Bushing/Oil Seal/O-Ring/Rack Assembly Removal
            • << G >> Lower Bearing Removal
            • << H >> Needle Bearing Removal
            • << I >> Oil Seal Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Needle Bearing/Lower Bearing Installation
            • >> C << Rack Assembly Installation
            • >> D << Oil Seal/Rack Bushing Installation
            • >> E << CIRCLIP Installation
            • >> F << Upper Oil Seal/Upper Ball Bearing Installation
            • >> G << Seal Ring Installation.
            • >> H << Lower Oil Seal Installation
            • >> I << End Plug Installation
            • >> J << Rack Support Cover/Lock Nut Installation
            • >> K << Total Pinion Torque Adjustment
            • >> L << Tab Washer/Tie Rod Installation
            • >> M << Bellows Band Installation
            • >> N << Tie Rod End/Tie Rod End JUM Nut Installation
            • >> O << Gear Mount Rubber Installation
      • Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Point
            • Notes
            • >> B << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> C << Rotor Installation
            • >> D << Cam Ring Installation
            • >> E << Vane Installation
        • Inspection
      • Power Steering Hoses
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Return Tube / Pressure Tube / Pressure Hose Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Return Hose A / Cooler Tube Installation
            • >> C << Return Hose B Installation
            • >> D << Suction Hose Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
        • Sealants
  • Power Steering
    • General Description
      • Notes
      • Construction Diagram
    • Power Steering Diagnosis
      • Introduction To Power Steering Diagnosis.
      • Power Steering Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Excessive Play of Steering Wheel
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Difficult Steering Wheel Operation (Insufficient Power Assist)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Rattling Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Shrill Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Squealing Noise.
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Hissing Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Droning Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Squeaking Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Vibration
          • Notes
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Oil Leakage from Hose Connection
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Oil Leakage from Hose Assembly
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Oil Leakage from Oil Reservoir
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Oil Leakage from Oil Pump
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Oil Leakage from Gear Box
          • Diagnosis
    • Special Tools
    • On-Vehicle Service
      • Steering Wheel Free Play Check
      • Steering Angle Check
      • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
      • Stationary Steering Effort Check
      • Steering Wheel Return To Center Check
      • Drive Belt Tension Check
      • Fluid Level Check
      • Power Steering Fluid Replacement
      • Power Steering System Air Bleeding
      • Oil Pump Pressure Test
      • Power Steering Pressure Switch Check
      • Ball Joint Dust Cover Inspection
      • Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing Mechanism Check
        • Notes
        • Inspection procedure
    • Steering Wheel And Shaft Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Cover Removal
          • << B >> Steering Wheel And Air Bag Module Assembly Removal
          • << C >> Steering Shaft Assembly Removal
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Steering Column Shaft Assembly Installation
          • >> B << Steering Shaft Cover Installation Bolt Installation
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Service Point
          • << A >> Special Bolt Removal
        • Assembly Service Point
          • >> A << Steering Lock Cylinder Assembly/Steering Lock Bracket/Special Bolt Installation
    • Power Steering Gear Box Assembly
      • Removal And INTALLATION
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Tie Rod End And Knuckle Disconnection
          • << B >> Removal Of Differential Mount Bracket Assembly (LH)
          • << C >> Gear Box Assembly Removal
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Tie Rod End (LH) Installation
          • > B << Return Tube/Pressure Hose Assembly Installation
          • >> C << Tie Rod End And Knuckle Connection
      • Inspection
        • Gear Box Total Pinion Torque Check
        • Tie Rod Swing Resistance Check
        • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Lubrication And Sealing Points
        • Disassembly Service Points
          • << A >> Rack Support Cover Removal
          • << B >> Lower Oil Seal/Pinion And Valve Assembly Removal
          • << C >> Seal Ring Removal
          • << D >> Upper Bearing/Upper Oil Seal Removal
          • << E >> CIRCLIP Removal
          • << F >> Rack Stopper/Rack Bushing/Oil Seal/O-Ring/Rack Assembly Removal
          • << G >> Lower Bearing Removal
          • << H >> Needle Bearing Removal
          • << I >> Oil Seal Removal
        • Assembly Service Points
          • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
          • >> B << Needle Bearing/Lower Bearing Installation
          • >> C << Rack Assembly Installation
          • >> D << Oil Seal/Rack Bushing Installation
          • >> E << CIRCLIP Installation
          • >> F << Upper Oil Seal/Upper Ball Bearing Installation
          • >> G << Seal Ring Installation.
          • >> H << Lower Oil Seal Installation
          • >> I << End Plug Installation
          • >> J << Rack Support Cover/Lock Nut Installation
          • >> K << Total Pinion Torque Adjustment
          • >> L << Tab Washer/Tie Rod Installation
          • >> M << Bellows Band Installation
          • >> N << Tie Rod End/Tie Rod End JUM Nut Installation
          • >> O << Gear Mount Rubber Installation
    • Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Assembly Service Point
          • Notes
          • >> B << Oil Seal Installation
          • >> C << Rotor Installation
          • >> D << Cam Ring Installation
          • >> E << Vane Installation
      • Inspection
    • Power Steering Hoses
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Return Tube / Pressure Tube / Pressure Hose Assembly Installation
          • >> B << Return Hose A / Cooler Tube Installation
          • >> C << Return Hose B Installation
          • >> D << Suction Hose Installation
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
      • Service Specifications
      • Lubricants
      • Sealants
  • Steering Column
    • Power Steering
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Power Steering Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Power Steering Diagnosis.
        • Power Steering Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Excessive Play of Steering Wheel
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Difficult Steering Wheel Operation (Insufficient Power Assist)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Rattling Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Shrill Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Squealing Noise.
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Hissing Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Droning Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Squeaking Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Vibration
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Oil Leakage from Hose Connection
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Oil Leakage from Hose Assembly
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Oil Leakage from Oil Reservoir
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Oil Leakage from Oil Pump
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Oil Leakage from Gear Box
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Steering Wheel Free Play Check
        • Steering Angle Check
        • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
        • Stationary Steering Effort Check
        • Steering Wheel Return To Center Check
        • Drive Belt Tension Check
        • Fluid Level Check
        • Power Steering Fluid Replacement
        • Power Steering System Air Bleeding
        • Oil Pump Pressure Test
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Check
        • Ball Joint Dust Cover Inspection
        • Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing Mechanism Check
          • Notes
          • Inspection procedure
      • Steering Wheel And Shaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Cover Removal
            • << B >> Steering Wheel And Air Bag Module Assembly Removal
            • << C >> Steering Shaft Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Steering Column Shaft Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Steering Shaft Cover Installation Bolt Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Special Bolt Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Steering Lock Cylinder Assembly/Steering Lock Bracket/Special Bolt Installation
      • Power Steering Gear Box Assembly
        • Removal And INTALLATION
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Tie Rod End And Knuckle Disconnection
            • << B >> Removal Of Differential Mount Bracket Assembly (LH)
            • << C >> Gear Box Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Tie Rod End (LH) Installation
            • > B << Return Tube/Pressure Hose Assembly Installation
            • >> C << Tie Rod End And Knuckle Connection
        • Inspection
          • Gear Box Total Pinion Torque Check
          • Tie Rod Swing Resistance Check
          • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication And Sealing Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Rack Support Cover Removal
            • << B >> Lower Oil Seal/Pinion And Valve Assembly Removal
            • << C >> Seal Ring Removal
            • << D >> Upper Bearing/Upper Oil Seal Removal
            • << E >> CIRCLIP Removal
            • << F >> Rack Stopper/Rack Bushing/Oil Seal/O-Ring/Rack Assembly Removal
            • << G >> Lower Bearing Removal
            • << H >> Needle Bearing Removal
            • << I >> Oil Seal Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Needle Bearing/Lower Bearing Installation
            • >> C << Rack Assembly Installation
            • >> D << Oil Seal/Rack Bushing Installation
            • >> E << CIRCLIP Installation
            • >> F << Upper Oil Seal/Upper Ball Bearing Installation
            • >> G << Seal Ring Installation.
            • >> H << Lower Oil Seal Installation
            • >> I << End Plug Installation
            • >> J << Rack Support Cover/Lock Nut Installation
            • >> K << Total Pinion Torque Adjustment
            • >> L << Tab Washer/Tie Rod Installation
            • >> M << Bellows Band Installation
            • >> N << Tie Rod End/Tie Rod End JUM Nut Installation
            • >> O << Gear Mount Rubber Installation
      • Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Point
            • Notes
            • >> B << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> C << Rotor Installation
            • >> D << Cam Ring Installation
            • >> E << Vane Installation
        • Inspection
      • Power Steering Hoses
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Return Tube / Pressure Tube / Pressure Hose Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Return Hose A / Cooler Tube Installation
            • >> C << Return Hose B Installation
            • >> D << Suction Hose Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
        • Sealants
  • Steering Gear
    • Power Steering
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Power Steering Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Power Steering Diagnosis.
        • Power Steering Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Excessive Play of Steering Wheel
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Difficult Steering Wheel Operation (Insufficient Power Assist)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Rattling Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Shrill Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Squealing Noise.
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Hissing Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Droning Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Squeaking Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Vibration
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Oil Leakage from Hose Connection
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Oil Leakage from Hose Assembly
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Oil Leakage from Oil Reservoir
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Oil Leakage from Oil Pump
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Oil Leakage from Gear Box
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Steering Wheel Free Play Check
        • Steering Angle Check
        • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
        • Stationary Steering Effort Check
        • Steering Wheel Return To Center Check
        • Drive Belt Tension Check
        • Fluid Level Check
        • Power Steering Fluid Replacement
        • Power Steering System Air Bleeding
        • Oil Pump Pressure Test
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Check
        • Ball Joint Dust Cover Inspection
        • Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing Mechanism Check
          • Notes
          • Inspection procedure
      • Steering Wheel And Shaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Cover Removal
            • << B >> Steering Wheel And Air Bag Module Assembly Removal
            • << C >> Steering Shaft Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Steering Column Shaft Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Steering Shaft Cover Installation Bolt Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Special Bolt Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Steering Lock Cylinder Assembly/Steering Lock Bracket/Special Bolt Installation
      • Power Steering Gear Box Assembly
        • Removal And INTALLATION
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Tie Rod End And Knuckle Disconnection
            • << B >> Removal Of Differential Mount Bracket Assembly (LH)
            • << C >> Gear Box Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Tie Rod End (LH) Installation
            • > B << Return Tube/Pressure Hose Assembly Installation
            • >> C << Tie Rod End And Knuckle Connection
        • Inspection
          • Gear Box Total Pinion Torque Check
          • Tie Rod Swing Resistance Check
          • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication And Sealing Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Rack Support Cover Removal
            • << B >> Lower Oil Seal/Pinion And Valve Assembly Removal
            • << C >> Seal Ring Removal
            • << D >> Upper Bearing/Upper Oil Seal Removal
            • << E >> CIRCLIP Removal
            • << F >> Rack Stopper/Rack Bushing/Oil Seal/O-Ring/Rack Assembly Removal
            • << G >> Lower Bearing Removal
            • << H >> Needle Bearing Removal
            • << I >> Oil Seal Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Needle Bearing/Lower Bearing Installation
            • >> C << Rack Assembly Installation
            • >> D << Oil Seal/Rack Bushing Installation
            • >> E << CIRCLIP Installation
            • >> F << Upper Oil Seal/Upper Ball Bearing Installation
            • >> G << Seal Ring Installation.
            • >> H << Lower Oil Seal Installation
            • >> I << End Plug Installation
            • >> J << Rack Support Cover/Lock Nut Installation
            • >> K << Total Pinion Torque Adjustment
            • >> L << Tab Washer/Tie Rod Installation
            • >> M << Bellows Band Installation
            • >> N << Tie Rod End/Tie Rod End JUM Nut Installation
            • >> O << Gear Mount Rubber Installation
      • Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Point
            • Notes
            • >> B << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> C << Rotor Installation
            • >> D << Cam Ring Installation
            • >> E << Vane Installation
        • Inspection
      • Power Steering Hoses
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Return Tube / Pressure Tube / Pressure Hose Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Return Hose A / Cooler Tube Installation
            • >> C << Return Hose B Installation
            • >> D << Suction Hose Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
        • Sealants
  • Steering Linkage
    • Power Steering
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Power Steering Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Power Steering Diagnosis.
        • Power Steering Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Excessive Play of Steering Wheel
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Difficult Steering Wheel Operation (Insufficient Power Assist)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Rattling Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Shrill Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Squealing Noise.
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Hissing Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Droning Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Squeaking Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Vibration
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Oil Leakage from Hose Connection
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Oil Leakage from Hose Assembly
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Oil Leakage from Oil Reservoir
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Oil Leakage from Oil Pump
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Oil Leakage from Gear Box
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Steering Wheel Free Play Check
        • Steering Angle Check
        • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
        • Stationary Steering Effort Check
        • Steering Wheel Return To Center Check
        • Drive Belt Tension Check
        • Fluid Level Check
        • Power Steering Fluid Replacement
        • Power Steering System Air Bleeding
        • Oil Pump Pressure Test
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Check
        • Ball Joint Dust Cover Inspection
        • Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing Mechanism Check
          • Notes
          • Inspection procedure
      • Steering Wheel And Shaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Cover Removal
            • << B >> Steering Wheel And Air Bag Module Assembly Removal
            • << C >> Steering Shaft Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Steering Column Shaft Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Steering Shaft Cover Installation Bolt Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Special Bolt Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Steering Lock Cylinder Assembly/Steering Lock Bracket/Special Bolt Installation
      • Power Steering Gear Box Assembly
        • Removal And INTALLATION
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Tie Rod End And Knuckle Disconnection
            • << B >> Removal Of Differential Mount Bracket Assembly (LH)
            • << C >> Gear Box Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Tie Rod End (LH) Installation
            • > B << Return Tube/Pressure Hose Assembly Installation
            • >> C << Tie Rod End And Knuckle Connection
        • Inspection
          • Gear Box Total Pinion Torque Check
          • Tie Rod Swing Resistance Check
          • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication And Sealing Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Rack Support Cover Removal
            • << B >> Lower Oil Seal/Pinion And Valve Assembly Removal
            • << C >> Seal Ring Removal
            • << D >> Upper Bearing/Upper Oil Seal Removal
            • << E >> CIRCLIP Removal
            • << F >> Rack Stopper/Rack Bushing/Oil Seal/O-Ring/Rack Assembly Removal
            • << G >> Lower Bearing Removal
            • << H >> Needle Bearing Removal
            • << I >> Oil Seal Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Needle Bearing/Lower Bearing Installation
            • >> C << Rack Assembly Installation
            • >> D << Oil Seal/Rack Bushing Installation
            • >> E << CIRCLIP Installation
            • >> F << Upper Oil Seal/Upper Ball Bearing Installation
            • >> G << Seal Ring Installation.
            • >> H << Lower Oil Seal Installation
            • >> I << End Plug Installation
            • >> J << Rack Support Cover/Lock Nut Installation
            • >> K << Total Pinion Torque Adjustment
            • >> L << Tab Washer/Tie Rod Installation
            • >> M << Bellows Band Installation
            • >> N << Tie Rod End/Tie Rod End JUM Nut Installation
            • >> O << Gear Mount Rubber Installation
      • Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Point
            • Notes
            • >> B << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> C << Rotor Installation
            • >> D << Cam Ring Installation
            • >> E << Vane Installation
        • Inspection
      • Power Steering Hoses
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Return Tube / Pressure Tube / Pressure Hose Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Return Hose A / Cooler Tube Installation
            • >> C << Return Hose B Installation
            • >> D << Suction Hose Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
        • Sealants
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension & Wheel Alignment
    • General Description
      • Notes
      • Construction Diagram
    • Front Suspension Diagnosis
      • Introduction To Front Suspension Diagnosis
      • Troubleshooting Strategy
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Steering Wheel is Heavy, Vibrates or Pulls to One Side
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Excessive Body Rolling
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Poor Ride
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Unequal Ride Height
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise
          • Diagnosis
    • Special Tools
    • On-Vehicle Service
      • Front Wheel Alignment Check And Adjustment
        • Notes
        • Toe-In
        • Steering Angle
        • Camber And Caster
          • Notes
          • Camber and caster reference table
            • How to read this table (example)
      • Upper Arm Ball Joint End Play Check
      • Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
    • Upper Arm Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Upper Arm Ball Joint And Knuckle Disconnection
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Upper Arm Ball Joint And Knuckle Connection
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Upper Arm Ball Joint Turning Torque Check
        • Upper Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
    • Shock Absorber Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Service Point
          • << A >> Self-Locking Nut Removal
        • Assembly Service Points
          • << A >> Self-Locking Nut Installation
          • << B >> Spring Bracket Assembly Installation
          • << C >> Self-Locking Nut Installation
    • Lower Arm
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Tie Rod End And Knuckle Assembly/Lower Arm Ball Joint And Knuckle Assembly Disconnection
          • << B >> Lower Arm Mounting Bolt Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • << A >> Upper Arm Ball Joint And Knuckle Connection
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Lower Arm Ball Joint Turning Torque Check
        • Lower Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Lower Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
    • Stabilizer Bar
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Points
          • << A >> Stabilizer Bar Bushing Installation
          • << B >> Stabilizer Clamp Installation
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Turning Torque Check
        • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
        • Coil Spring
      • Service Specifications
  • Rear Suspension & Wheel Alignment
    • General Description
      • Notes
      • Construction Diagram
    • Rear Suspension Diagnosis
      • Introduction To Rear Suspension Diagnosis
      • Rear Suspension Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedure
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE: 1 Squeaks and other abnormal noise
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2:Poor ride
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Body Tilting
          • Diagnosis
    • Special Tools
    • On-Vehicle Service
      • Rear Wheel Alignment Check And Adjustment
      • Upper Arm Ball Joint End Play Check
      • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint End Play Check
      • Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
    • Rear Suspension Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Brake Caliper Assembly Removal
          • << B >> Lower Arm Mounting Bolt Removal
          • << C >> Bolt Assembly (Camber Adjusting Bolt) Removal
          • << D >> CROSSMEMBER Mounting Nut Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Coil Spring/Lower Arm Mounting Bolt Installation
      • Inspection
    • Upper Arm Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Upper Arm Ball Joint And Knuckle Disconnection
          • << B >> Upper Arm Assembly And Rear Frame Disconnection
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Upper Arm Assembly From Rear Frame Connection
          • >> B << Upper Arm Ball Joint And Knuckle Connection
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Upper Arm Ball Joint Turning Torque Check
        • Upper Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
    • Shock Absorber, Coil Spring And Lower Arm Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Lower Arm Mounting Bolt Removal
          • << B >> Bolt Assembly (Camber Adjusting Bolt) Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Coil Spring/Lower Arm Mounting Bolt Installation
      • Lower Arm Bushing Replacement
    • Stabilizer Bar
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Bushing Installation
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Turning Torque Check
        • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
    • Toe Control Arm Assembly And Toe Control Tower Bar
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Toe Control Arm Ball Joint And Knuckle Disconnection
          • << B >> Bolt Assembly (Toe Adjusting Bolt) Removal
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint Turning Torque Check
        • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
    • Trailing Arm Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
      • Trailing Arm Bushing Replacement
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
        • Coil Spring
      • Service Specifications
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Front Suspension & Wheel Alignment
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Front Suspension Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Front Suspension Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Steering Wheel is Heavy, Vibrates or Pulls to One Side
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Excessive Body Rolling
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Poor Ride
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Unequal Ride Height
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Front Wheel Alignment Check And Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Toe-In
          • Steering Angle
          • Camber And Caster
            • Notes
            • Camber and caster reference table
              • How to read this table (example)
        • Upper Arm Ball Joint End Play Check
        • Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Upper Arm Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Upper Arm Ball Joint And Knuckle Disconnection
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Upper Arm Ball Joint And Knuckle Connection
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Upper Arm Ball Joint Turning Torque Check
          • Upper Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Shock Absorber Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Self-Locking Nut Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • << A >> Self-Locking Nut Installation
            • << B >> Spring Bracket Assembly Installation
            • << C >> Self-Locking Nut Installation
      • Lower Arm
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Tie Rod End And Knuckle Assembly/Lower Arm Ball Joint And Knuckle Assembly Disconnection
            • << B >> Lower Arm Mounting Bolt Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • << A >> Upper Arm Ball Joint And Knuckle Connection
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Lower Arm Ball Joint Turning Torque Check
          • Lower Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Lower Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
      • Stabilizer Bar
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • << A >> Stabilizer Bar Bushing Installation
            • << B >> Stabilizer Clamp Installation
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Turning Torque Check
          • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
          • Coil Spring
        • Service Specifications
    • Rear Suspension & Wheel Alignment
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Rear Suspension Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Rear Suspension Diagnosis
        • Rear Suspension Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedure
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE: 1 Squeaks and other abnormal noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2:Poor ride
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Body Tilting
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Rear Wheel Alignment Check And Adjustment
        • Upper Arm Ball Joint End Play Check
        • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint End Play Check
        • Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Rear Suspension Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Brake Caliper Assembly Removal
            • << B >> Lower Arm Mounting Bolt Removal
            • << C >> Bolt Assembly (Camber Adjusting Bolt) Removal
            • << D >> CROSSMEMBER Mounting Nut Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Coil Spring/Lower Arm Mounting Bolt Installation
        • Inspection
      • Upper Arm Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Upper Arm Ball Joint And Knuckle Disconnection
            • << B >> Upper Arm Assembly And Rear Frame Disconnection
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Upper Arm Assembly From Rear Frame Connection
            • >> B << Upper Arm Ball Joint And Knuckle Connection
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Upper Arm Ball Joint Turning Torque Check
          • Upper Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Shock Absorber, Coil Spring And Lower Arm Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Lower Arm Mounting Bolt Removal
            • << B >> Bolt Assembly (Camber Adjusting Bolt) Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Coil Spring/Lower Arm Mounting Bolt Installation
        • Lower Arm Bushing Replacement
      • Stabilizer Bar
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Bushing Installation
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Turning Torque Check
          • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
      • Toe Control Arm Assembly And Toe Control Tower Bar
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Toe Control Arm Ball Joint And Knuckle Disconnection
            • << B >> Bolt Assembly (Toe Adjusting Bolt) Removal
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint Turning Torque Check
          • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
      • Trailing Arm Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Trailing Arm Bushing Replacement
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
          • Coil Spring
        • Service Specifications
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Wheel And Tire
      • General Description
        • Feature
        • Construction Diagram
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
        • Circuit Diagram
        • TPMS Warning Light
        • TPMS Transmitter (Tire Pressure Sensor)
        • Tire Pressure Sampling Timing
        • Data Transmission Timing
        • Scan Tool (Mut-III) Communication Functions
          • Notes
          • TPMS Antennas
          • TPMS Receiver
        • Warning Functions
          • Notes
          • TPMS warning light bulb check signal < TPMS warning light: illuminated >
          • Tire pressure warning signal < TPMS warning light: illuminated >
          • TPMS warning signal (EEPROM abnormality) < TPMS warning light: flashes >
          • TPMS warning signal (reception failure) < TPMS warning light: flashes >
          • TPMS warning signal (TPMS transmitter battery voltage abnormality) < TPMS warning light: flashes >
          • TPMS warning signal (vehicle speed signal abnormality) < TPMS warning light: flashes >
          • TPMS warning signal (Transmitter OFF mode) < TPMS warning light: flashes >
        • TPMS Operational Characteristics
      • Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Service Precautions
      • Wheel And Tire Diagnosis
        • Diagnosis
        • Wheel Balance Accuracy
          • Purpose
          • Procedure < Balancing Tips >
          • < Confirming Proper Balance >
          • < Wheel Balancer Calibration Checks >
          • Wheel Balancer Calibration Checking Flow Chart
      • Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Diagnosis
          • TPMS May Not Work Normally In The Following Circumstances:
          • When The TPMS Warning Light Is On
          • After Replacing TPMS Components
        • TPMS Troubleshooting Strategy
        • TPMS Diagnostic Function
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
        • TPMS Warning Light Check
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • TPMS Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 11: TPMS Abnormality (ID Code Not Registered)
            • TPMS DTC Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 13: TPMS Abnormality (EEPROM Failure)
            • TPMS DTC Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 14: TPMS Abnormality (Vehicle Speed Signal)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • TPMS DTC Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This DTC To Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 17/43/44/45/46/47: TPMS Abnormality (Transmitter OFF Mode)
            • TPMS DTC Set Condition
            • TPMS DTC Clear Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 21/25/29/34/38: TPMS Transmitter Abnormality (Transmitter Battery Voltage)
            • TPMS DTC Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 22/26/31/35/39: TPMS Transmitter Abnormality (Tire Pressure Sensor ID Reception Failure)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • TPMS DTC Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This DTC To Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 23/27/32/36/41: TPMS Transmitter Abnormality (Tire Air Pressure Low)
            • TPMS DTC Set Condition
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This DTC To Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
        • TPMS Symptom Chart
        • TPMS Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The TPMS Warning Light Stays On.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The TPMS Warning Light Flashes.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The TPMS Warning Light does not Illuminate as a Bulb Check for Three Seconds when the Ignition Switch is Turned to the "ON" Position.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: In Spite of Abnormally Low Tire Pressure at a Road Wheel, the TPMS Warning Light does not Illuminate.
            • System Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Communication between the Scan Tool and the TPMS is not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
        • TPMS Service Data List
        • TPMS Actuator Test
        • TPMS Special Function Data List
          • Notes
          • TPMS Special Function Data List
        • Check At TPMS Receiver
          • Terminal Voltage Check Chart
          • TPMS Receiver Ground Check
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Check
        • Tire Wear Check
        • Wheel RUNOUT Check
        • TPMS Special Function
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Id Registration
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Id Check
            • Notes
            • From The Mut-III Diagnosis Screen
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Check
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Installation Service Point
          • Road Wheels
          • Spare Wheel
        • Wheel And Tire Replacement
      • Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
        • TPMS Antenna
          • Removal And Installation
            • < TPMS Antenna (Front) >
            • < TPMS Antenna (Rear) >
        • TPMS Receiver
          • Removal And Installation
        • TPMS Transmitter
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Valve Cap/Valve Nut Removal
              • << B >> Tire Bead/TPMS Transmitter Removal
              • << C >> Grommet Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Grommet/TPMS Transmitter/Valve Nut Installation
              • >> B << Tire Bead Mounting
              • >> C << Tire Pressure Inflation/Valve Nut RETIGHTENING
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specification
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Diagnosis
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Transmission
        • Transmission Configuration Drawing
        • Components And Functions
        • Function Element Table
        • Sectional View
        • Electronically-Controlled System
          • INVECS-II
        • Features
          • Optimum Shift Control
          • Adaptive Shift Control
        • System Construction Diagram
        • Shift Pattern Control
        • Torque Converter Clutch Control
      • Automatic Transmission Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Troubleshooting Flow
        • Introduction To A/T Diagnosis
        • A/T Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • Check "N" Range Light
            • Notes
            • "N" range light flashing items
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
        • How To Initialize A/T Learning Value
          • Aim
          • Initialization Procedure
        • Fail-Safe/Backup Function
        • Road Test
        • Torque Converter Stall Test
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stall Test Judgment Results
        • Hydraulic Pressure Tests
          • Notes
          • Standard Hydraulic Pressure Test
          • Hydraulic Pressure Test Diagnosis Table
          • Oil Seal Layout
        • Hydraulic Circuit
        • Line Pressure Adjustment
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Symptom Chart < Automatic Transmission >
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures < A/T >
          • DTC 15 (P0713): Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor System (Open Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 16 (P0712): Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor System (Short Circuit)
            • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 22 (P0715): Input Shaft Speed Sensor System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 23 (P0720): Output Shaft Speed Sensor System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 26: Stoplight Switch System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 27 (P0705): Transmission Range Switch System (Open Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 28 (P0705): Transmission Range Switch System (Short Circuit)
            • Transmission Range Switch System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 29 (P0500): Vehicle Speed Sensor System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 31 (P0753): Low-Reverse Solenoid Valve System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 32 (P0758): Underdrive Solenoid Valve System
            • Solenoid Valve System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 33 (P0763): Second Solenoid Valve System
            • Solenoid Valve System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 34 (P0768): Overdrive Solenoid Valve System
            • Solenoid Valve System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 35 (P0773): Reduction Solenoid Valve System
            • Solenoid Valve System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 36 (P0743): Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve System
            • Solenoid Valve System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46 (P0731/P0732/P0733/P0734/P0735/P0736): 1st-5th Gear Incorrect Ratio & Reverse Gear Incorrect Ratio
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 41 (P0731) >
            • Monitor Execution < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 41 (P0731) >
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor) < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 41 (P0731) >
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 41 (P0731) >
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 41 (P0731) >
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 42 (P0732) >
            • Monitor Execution < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 42 (P0732) >
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor) < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 42 (P0732) >
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 42 (P0732) >
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 42 (P0732) >
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 43 (P0733) >
            • Monitor Execution < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 43 (P0733) >
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor) < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 43 (P0733) >
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 43 (P0733) >
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 43 (P0733) >
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 44 (P0734) >
            • Monitor Execution < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 44 (P0734) >
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor) < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 44 (P0734) >
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 44 (P0734) >
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 44 (P0734) >
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 45 (P0735) >
            • Monitor Execution < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 45 (P0735) >
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor) < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 45 (P0735) >
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 45 (P0735) >
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 45 (P0735) >
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 46 (P0736) >
            • Monitor Execution < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 46 (P0736) >
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor) < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 46 (P0736) >
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 46 (P0736) >
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 46 (P0736) >
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 52 (P0741): Torque Converter Clutch System
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 53 (P0742): Torque Converter Clutch is Stuck On
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 54 (P1751): A/T Control Relay System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions (Entry Conditions And Malfunction Thresholds)
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 56: "N" Range Light System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Procedures < Automatic Transmission >
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Engine does not Crank
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Does not Move Forward
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Does not Move Backward
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Does not Move (Forward or Backward)
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Engine Stalls when Moving Selector Lever from "N" to "D" or "N" to "R"
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Shift Shock when Shifting from "N" to "D" and Long Delay
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Shift Shock when Shifting from "N" to "R" and Long Delay
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Shift Shock when Shifting from "N" to "D," "N" to "R" and Long Delay
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Shift Shock and Slipping
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Early or Late Shifting All Gears
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Early or Late Shifting in Some Gears
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: No Diagnostic Trouble Codes (Does not Shift)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Poor Acceleration
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Vibration
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Vehicle Shifts Differently with A/C Engaged
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Transmission won't Downshift Under Load with Auto-cruise Engaged.
            • Circuit Operation
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Shift Switch Assembly System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: 4LLc Detection Switch System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference Table
        • INVECS-II Cancel Command
        • Pcm Terminal Voltage Reference Chart For Transmission
        • Pcm Terminal Resistance And Continuity Inspection Chart
        • Inspection Procedure Using An Oscilloscope
          • Notes
          • Waveform Sample
      • Transfer Diagnosis < Active TRAC AWD II >
        • Transfer (Active TRAC 4WD II) Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • Check Center Differential Lock Indicator Light
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
        • Fail-Safe/Backup Functions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures < Transfer>
          • DTC 11, 12: Power Supply Voltage System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 13: Main Relay System (Inside of ECU)
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 21: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 22, 23: Front Propeller Shaft Speed Sensor System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 24, 25: Rear Propeller Shaft Speed Sensor System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 26: Stoplight Switch System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 31: Transfer Shift Lever Switch System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 32, 33: Transfer Detection Switch System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 34: Free-Wheel Engage Solenoid Valve System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 35: Free-wheel Engage Switch System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 41: Shift Actuator System (Short/Open Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 42, 43: Shift Actuator System (Short/Open Circuit)
            • Shift Actuator System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 44: Shift Actuator System (Overload)
            • Shift Actuator System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 45: Dissimilar Tire Diameter
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 61: M-ASTC-ECU System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference Table
        • Transfer-Ecu Terminal Voltage Reference Chart
      • A/T Faulty Operation Prevention Mechanism Diagnosis
        • Introduction To A/T Key Interlock And Shift Lock Mechanisms
        • A/T Key Interlock And Shift Lock Mechanism Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart < A/T Faulty Operation Prevention Mechanism >
        • Symptom Procedures < Key Interlock And Shift Lock Mechanisms >
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Selector Lever can be Moved from "P" to "R" position without Depressing Brake Pedal when Ignition Key is at Positions other than "LOCK" (OFF) Position.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Selector Lever cannot be Moved from "P" to "R" position with Brake Pedal Depressed when Ignition Key is at Positions other than "LOCK" (OFF) Position.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Selector Lever can be Moved from "P" to "R" position with Brake Pedal Depressed when Ignition Key is at "LOCK" (OFF) Position.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Selector Lever cannot be Moved from "P" to "R" position Smoothly.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Selector Lever cannot be Moved from "R" Position to "P" Position.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Ignition Key cannot be Turned to "LOCK" (OFF) position when Selector Lever is at "P" position.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Ignition Key can be Turned to "LOCK" (OFF) Position when Selector at Positions other than "P" Position.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Automatic Transmission Control Component Layout
        • Essential Service
          • Transmission Fluid Check
          • Transmission Fluid Change
          • Flushing Coolers And Tubes
          • Oil Cooler Flow Check
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Adjustment
        • Transmission Range Switch Continuity Check
        • Transmission Range Switch And Control Cable Adjustment
        • 2WD/4WD Detection Switch Check
        • 4H Detection Switch Check
        • Center Differential Lock Detection Switch Check
        • 2WD Detection Switch Check
        • 4LLC Detection Switch Check
        • Transfer Oil Check
        • Transfer Oil Replacement
        • Selector Lever Operation Check
        • Transfer Shift Lever Operation Check
        • Key Interlock And Shift Lock Mechanism Check
        • Transmission Control Cable Adjustment
        • Transfer-Ecu Check
        • Position Indicator Light Check
        • Automatic Transmission Control Component Check
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor Check
          • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Check
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Check
          • Transmission Range Switch Check
          • Stoplight Switch Check
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check
          • Dual Pressure Switch Check
          • A/T Control Relay Check
          • Solenoid Valve Check
      • Transmission Control
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Transmission Control Cable Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Transmission Control Cable Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Shift Lock Cable Unit Installation
        • Inspection
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Shift Knob Removal
      • A/T Key Interlock And Shift Lock Mechanisms
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Key Interlock Cable Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Shift Lock Cable Unit Installation
      • Transmission And Transfer Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Torque Converter And Drive Plate Connection Bolts Removal
            • << B >> Transmission Harness Connector Disconnection
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Transmission Assembly Installation
      • Oil Pan
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Oil Pan Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Oil Pan Installation
      • Transmission Fluid Cooler, Hose And Pipe
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Feed Hose/Return Hose Installation
            • >> B << Transmission Fluid Cooler Tube Assembly/Transmission Fluid Cooler Tube Bracket/Gasket/Eye Bolt Installation
      • Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
        • Removal And Installation
      • Transfer-Ecu
        • Removal And Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specification
        • Service Specification
        • Lubricants
        • Sealant And Adhesive
    • Overhaul
      • General Information
        • Notes
        • Sectional View
        • Hydraulic Control System
      • Special Tools
      • Transmission And Transfer
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Transfer Case Adapter Installation
      • Transfer Case Adapter
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Sealing Cap Installation
            • >> C << Parking Sprag Spring Installation
      • Transmission
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Assembly
      • Reverse And Overdrive Clutches
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Snap Ring Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << D-Ring Installation
            • >> B << Reverse Clutch Piston Installation
            • >> C << Return Spring Installation
            • >> D << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> E << Clutch Plate/Clutch Disc/Reaction Plate Installation
            • >> F << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> G << Clutch Plate/Clutch Disc/Reaction Plate Installation
            • >> H << Snap Ring Installation
      • Second Brake
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << D-Ring Installation
      • Low Reverse Annulus Gear
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << One-Way Clutch Installation
            • >> B << Stopper Plate Installation
            • >> C << Thrust Bearing Number 6 Installation
            • >> D << Thrust Bearing Number 5 Installation
      • Center Support
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Snap Ring Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << D-Ring Installation
            • >> B << O-Ring Installation
            • >> C << Snap Ring Installation
      • UNDERDRIVE Clutch
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Snap Ring Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << D-Ring Installation
            • >> B << Return Spring Installation
            • >> C << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> D << Clutch Plate/Clutch Disc/Reaction Plate Installation
            • >> E << Snap Ring Installation
      • Valve Body
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Solenoid Valve Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Solenoid Valve Installation
            • >> B << Dowel Pin Installation
            • >> C << Knock Bushing Installation
            • >> D << Knock Bushing Installation
            • >> E << Spring/Steel Ball (Line Relief) Installation
            • >> F << Spring/Steel Ball (Orifice Check Ball)/Ball (Orifice Check Ball)/Damping Valve Spring/Seal Ring/Damping Valve Installation
            • >> G << Manual Valve Installation
      • Direct Annulus Gear
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < V5A51 >
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Thrust Bearing Number 11 Installation
            • >> B << Thrust Bearing Number 10 Installation
      • Direct Clutch
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Snap Ring Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << D-Ring Installation
            • >> B << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> C << Clutch Plate/Clutch Disc/Reaction Plate Installation
            • >> D << Snap Ring Installation
      • OUTPUTSHAFT Support
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << One-Way Clutch Installation
      • Transfer
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Chain/Front Output Shaft/Sun Gear Removal
            • << B >> Oil Guide Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Guide Installation
            • >> B << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> C << Rear Bearing Retainer Installation
            • >> D << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> E << H-L Shift Fork/H-L Clutch Sleeve Installation
            • >> F << Spacer Installation
            • >> G << Transfer Case Plate Installation
            • >> H << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> I << Steel Ball/Spacer Installation
            • >> J << 2-4WD Shift Fork/2-4WD Clutch Sleeve Installation
            • >> K << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> L << Synchronizer Outer Ring/Synchronizer Cone/Synchronizer Inner Ring Installation
            • >> M << Drive Sprocket/Front Output Shaft/Chain Installation
            • >> N << Rear Output Shaft Installation
            • >> O << Chain Cover Installation
            • >> P << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> Q << Spacer Installation
            • >> R << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> S << Rear Cover Installation
            • >> T << Main Shift Rail/Shift Actuator Installation
            • >> U << Shift Rail Drive Gear Installation
            • >> V << Transfer Case Cover Installation
            • >> W << 2-4WD Detection Switch/4H Detection Switch/Center Differential Lock Detection Switch/2WD Detection Switch/4LLC Detection Switch Installation
          • Inspection
            • 2-4WD, H-L, 4LLC, 2WD, Center Differential Lock, 4H Detection Switch
            • Low Range Operation Detection Switch
      • Transfer Case Plate
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Bolt Installation
      • Input Gear
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Ball Bearing Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Ball Bearing Installation
            • >> B << Snap Ring Installation
      • Countershaft Gear
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Ball Bearing Removal
            • << B >> Spacer/Roller Bearing/Inner Race Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Inner Race/Roller Bearing/Spacer Installation
            • >> B << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> C << Ball Bearing Installation
      • Rear Output Shaft
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Ball Bearing Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Ball Bearing Installation
            • >> B << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> C << Snap Ring Installation
      • Front Output Shaft
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Ball Bearing Removal
            • << B >> Ball Bearing Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Ball Bearing Installation
            • >> B << Ball Bearing Installation
      • Transfer Drive Shaft
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Ball Bearing Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Inner Race/Roller Bearing/Spacer Installation
      • SHIFTRAIL Drive Gear
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Shift Rail Drive Gear Installation
      • 2-4 Shift Rail/H-L Shift Rail
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Spring Pin Installation
            • >> B << 2-4WD Shift Rail Installation
      • Specifications
        • Torque Specification
          • Transmission
          • Transfer
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • Transmission
          • Transfer
        • Valve Body Spring Identification
        • Adjusting Plate, Snap Ring And Spacers
          • Transmission
            • Thrust race (For adjustment of direct planetary carrier end play)
            • Snap ring (For adjustment of underdrive clutch and overdrive clutch end play)
            • Thrust race (For adjustment of input shaft end play)
            • Snap ring (For adjustment of overdrive clutch return spring retainer end play)
            • Pressure plate (For adjustment of second brake end play)
            • Snap ring (For adjustment of center support and brake reaction plate end play)
            • Snap ring (For adjustment of reverse clutch end play)
            • Snap ring (For adjustment of direct clutch end play)
            • Pressure plate (For adjustment low/reverse brake end play)
          • Transfer
            • Snap ring (For adjustment input gear bearing end play)
            • Spacer (For adjustment of countershaft gear end play)
            • Snap ring (For adjustment of countershaft gear bearing end play)
            • Snap ring (For adjustment of H-L clutch hub end play)
            • Spacer (For adjustment of rear output shaft to chain cover preload)
            • Spacer (For adjustment of rear output shaft to rear cover clearance)
            • Snap ring (For adjustment annulus gear end play)
        • Sealants And Adhesives
          • Transmission
          • Transfer
  • Transfer Case
    • Diagnosis
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Transmission
        • Transmission Configuration Drawing
        • Components And Functions
        • Function Element Table
        • Sectional View
        • Electronically-Controlled System
          • INVECS-II
        • Features
          • Optimum Shift Control
          • Adaptive Shift Control
        • System Construction Diagram
        • Shift Pattern Control
        • Torque Converter Clutch Control
      • Automatic Transmission Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Troubleshooting Flow
        • Introduction To A/T Diagnosis
        • A/T Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • Check "N" Range Light
            • Notes
            • "N" range light flashing items
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
        • How To Initialize A/T Learning Value
          • Aim
          • Initialization Procedure
        • Fail-Safe/Backup Function
        • Road Test
        • Torque Converter Stall Test
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stall Test Judgment Results
        • Hydraulic Pressure Tests
          • Notes
          • Standard Hydraulic Pressure Test
          • Hydraulic Pressure Test Diagnosis Table
          • Oil Seal Layout
        • Hydraulic Circuit
        • Line Pressure Adjustment
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Symptom Chart < Automatic Transmission >
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures < A/T >
          • DTC 15 (P0713): Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor System (Open Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 16 (P0712): Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor System (Short Circuit)
            • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 22 (P0715): Input Shaft Speed Sensor System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 23 (P0720): Output Shaft Speed Sensor System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 26: Stoplight Switch System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 27 (P0705): Transmission Range Switch System (Open Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 28 (P0705): Transmission Range Switch System (Short Circuit)
            • Transmission Range Switch System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 29 (P0500): Vehicle Speed Sensor System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 31 (P0753): Low-Reverse Solenoid Valve System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 32 (P0758): Underdrive Solenoid Valve System
            • Solenoid Valve System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 33 (P0763): Second Solenoid Valve System
            • Solenoid Valve System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 34 (P0768): Overdrive Solenoid Valve System
            • Solenoid Valve System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 35 (P0773): Reduction Solenoid Valve System
            • Solenoid Valve System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 36 (P0743): Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve System
            • Solenoid Valve System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46 (P0731/P0732/P0733/P0734/P0735/P0736): 1st-5th Gear Incorrect Ratio & Reverse Gear Incorrect Ratio
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 41 (P0731) >
            • Monitor Execution < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 41 (P0731) >
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor) < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 41 (P0731) >
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 41 (P0731) >
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 41 (P0731) >
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 42 (P0732) >
            • Monitor Execution < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 42 (P0732) >
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor) < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 42 (P0732) >
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 42 (P0732) >
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 42 (P0732) >
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 43 (P0733) >
            • Monitor Execution < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 43 (P0733) >
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor) < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 43 (P0733) >
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 43 (P0733) >
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 43 (P0733) >
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 44 (P0734) >
            • Monitor Execution < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 44 (P0734) >
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor) < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 44 (P0734) >
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 44 (P0734) >
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 44 (P0734) >
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 45 (P0735) >
            • Monitor Execution < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 45 (P0735) >
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor) < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 45 (P0735) >
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 45 (P0735) >
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 45 (P0735) >
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 46 (P0736) >
            • Monitor Execution < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 46 (P0736) >
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor) < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 46 (P0736) >
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 46 (P0736) >
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern < Diagnostic Trouble Codes 46 (P0736) >
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 52 (P0741): Torque Converter Clutch System
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 53 (P0742): Torque Converter Clutch is Stuck On
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 54 (P1751): A/T Control Relay System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
            • Monitor Execution
            • Monitor Execution Conditions (Other Monitor And Sensor)
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions (Entry Conditions And Malfunction Thresholds)
              • Check Conditions
              • Judgement Criteria
            • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 56: "N" Range Light System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Procedures < Automatic Transmission >
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Engine does not Crank
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Does not Move Forward
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Does not Move Backward
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Does not Move (Forward or Backward)
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Engine Stalls when Moving Selector Lever from "N" to "D" or "N" to "R"
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Shift Shock when Shifting from "N" to "D" and Long Delay
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Shift Shock when Shifting from "N" to "R" and Long Delay
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Shift Shock when Shifting from "N" to "D," "N" to "R" and Long Delay
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Shift Shock and Slipping
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Early or Late Shifting All Gears
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Early or Late Shifting in Some Gears
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: No Diagnostic Trouble Codes (Does not Shift)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Poor Acceleration
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Vibration
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Vehicle Shifts Differently with A/C Engaged
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Transmission won't Downshift Under Load with Auto-cruise Engaged.
            • Circuit Operation
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Shift Switch Assembly System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: 4LLc Detection Switch System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Comment
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Case:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference Table
        • INVECS-II Cancel Command
        • Pcm Terminal Voltage Reference Chart For Transmission
        • Pcm Terminal Resistance And Continuity Inspection Chart
        • Inspection Procedure Using An Oscilloscope
          • Notes
          • Waveform Sample
      • Transfer Diagnosis < Active TRAC AWD II >
        • Transfer (Active TRAC 4WD II) Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • Check Center Differential Lock Indicator Light
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • How To Read Data List
          • How To Perform Actuator Test
        • Fail-Safe/Backup Functions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures < Transfer>
          • DTC 11, 12: Power Supply Voltage System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 13: Main Relay System (Inside of ECU)
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 21: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 22, 23: Front Propeller Shaft Speed Sensor System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 24, 25: Rear Propeller Shaft Speed Sensor System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 26: Stoplight Switch System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 31: Transfer Shift Lever Switch System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 32, 33: Transfer Detection Switch System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 34: Free-Wheel Engage Solenoid Valve System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 35: Free-wheel Engage Switch System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 41: Shift Actuator System (Short/Open Circuit)
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 42, 43: Shift Actuator System (Short/Open Circuit)
            • Shift Actuator System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 44: Shift Actuator System (Overload)
            • Shift Actuator System Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 45: Dissimilar Tire Diameter
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
          • DTC 61: M-ASTC-ECU System
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Diagnostic Trouble Codes Set Conditions
            • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference Table
        • Transfer-Ecu Terminal Voltage Reference Chart
      • A/T Faulty Operation Prevention Mechanism Diagnosis
        • Introduction To A/T Key Interlock And Shift Lock Mechanisms
        • A/T Key Interlock And Shift Lock Mechanism Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart < A/T Faulty Operation Prevention Mechanism >
        • Symptom Procedures < Key Interlock And Shift Lock Mechanisms >
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Selector Lever can be Moved from "P" to "R" position without Depressing Brake Pedal when Ignition Key is at Positions other than "LOCK" (OFF) Position.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Selector Lever cannot be Moved from "P" to "R" position with Brake Pedal Depressed when Ignition Key is at Positions other than "LOCK" (OFF) Position.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Selector Lever can be Moved from "P" to "R" position with Brake Pedal Depressed when Ignition Key is at "LOCK" (OFF) Position.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Selector Lever cannot be Moved from "P" to "R" position Smoothly.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Selector Lever cannot be Moved from "R" Position to "P" Position.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Ignition Key cannot be Turned to "LOCK" (OFF) position when Selector Lever is at "P" position.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Ignition Key can be Turned to "LOCK" (OFF) Position when Selector at Positions other than "P" Position.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Automatic Transmission Control Component Layout
        • Essential Service
          • Transmission Fluid Check
          • Transmission Fluid Change
          • Flushing Coolers And Tubes
          • Oil Cooler Flow Check
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Adjustment
        • Transmission Range Switch Continuity Check
        • Transmission Range Switch And Control Cable Adjustment
        • 2WD/4WD Detection Switch Check
        • 4H Detection Switch Check
        • Center Differential Lock Detection Switch Check
        • 2WD Detection Switch Check
        • 4LLC Detection Switch Check
        • Transfer Oil Check
        • Transfer Oil Replacement
        • Selector Lever Operation Check
        • Transfer Shift Lever Operation Check
        • Key Interlock And Shift Lock Mechanism Check
        • Transmission Control Cable Adjustment
        • Transfer-Ecu Check
        • Position Indicator Light Check
        • Automatic Transmission Control Component Check
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor Check
          • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Check
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor Check
          • Transmission Range Switch Check
          • Stoplight Switch Check
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check
          • Dual Pressure Switch Check
          • A/T Control Relay Check
          • Solenoid Valve Check
      • Transmission Control
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Transmission Control Cable Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Transmission Control Cable Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Shift Lock Cable Unit Installation
        • Inspection
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Shift Knob Removal
      • A/T Key Interlock And Shift Lock Mechanisms
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Key Interlock Cable Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Shift Lock Cable Unit Installation
      • Transmission And Transfer Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Torque Converter And Drive Plate Connection Bolts Removal
            • << B >> Transmission Harness Connector Disconnection
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Transmission Assembly Installation
      • Oil Pan
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Oil Pan Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Oil Pan Installation
      • Transmission Fluid Cooler, Hose And Pipe
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Feed Hose/Return Hose Installation
            • >> B << Transmission Fluid Cooler Tube Assembly/Transmission Fluid Cooler Tube Bracket/Gasket/Eye Bolt Installation
      • Powertrain Control Module (Pcm)
        • Removal And Installation
      • Transfer-Ecu
        • Removal And Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specification
        • Service Specification
        • Lubricants
        • Sealant And Adhesive
• External Pages